UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark one) | | | | | |
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020
or
| | | | | |
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-36137
Sprague Resources LP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| | | | | | | | |
Delaware | | 45-2637964 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
185 International Drive
Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 225-1560
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| | | | | | | | |
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests | SRLP | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Large accelerated filer | o | | Accelerated filer | x |
Non-accelerated filer | o | | Smaller reporting company | o |
| | | Emerging growth company | o |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.): Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of common units held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $150 million as of June 30, 2020 (the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter), based on the last sale price of such units as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
The registrant had 22,946,305 common units outstanding as of March 4, 2021.
Documents Incorporated by Reference: None
SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| | | | | | | | |
| | Page |
PART I | | |
Item 1. | | |
Item 1A. | | |
Item 1B. | | |
Item 2. | | |
Item 3. | | |
Item 4. | | |
| | |
PART II | | |
Item 5. | | |
Item 6. | | |
Item 7. | | |
Item 7A. | | |
Item 8. | | |
Item 9. | | |
Item 9A. | | |
Item 9B. | | |
| | |
PART III | | |
Item 10. | | |
Item 11. | | |
Item 12. | | |
Item 13. | | |
Item 14. | | |
| | |
PART IV | | |
Item 15. | | |
Item 16. | | |
| |
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Annual Report") and any information incorporated by reference, contains statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements”. Forward looking statements are statements that express our belief, expectations, estimates, or intentions, as well as those statements we make that are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations and contain projections of results of operations, or financial condition, and/ or forecasts of future events. Words such as “may”, “assume”, “forecast”, “position”, “seek”, “predict”, “strategy”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “project”, “budget”, “outlook”, “potential”, “will”, “could”, “should”, or “continue”, and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties which could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) changes in federal, state, local, and foreign laws or regulations including those that permit us to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, those that govern environmental protection and those that regulate the sale of our products to our customers; (ii) changes in the marketplace for our products or services resulting from events such as dramatic changes in commodity prices, increased competition, increased energy conservation, increased use of alternative fuels and new technologies, changes in local, domestic or international inventory levels, seasonality, changes in supply, weather and logistics disruptions, or general reductions in demand; (iii) security risks including terrorism and cyber-risk, (iv) adverse weather conditions, particularly warmer winter seasons and cooler summer seasons, climate change, environmental releases and natural disasters; (v) adverse local, regional, national, or international economic conditions, including but not limited to, public health crises that reduce economic activity, affect the demand for travel (public and private), as well as impacting costs of operation and availability of supply (including the coronavirus COVID-19 outbreak), unfavorable capital market conditions and detrimental political developments such as the inability to move products between foreign locales and the United States; (vi) nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers or suppliers; (vii) shutdowns or interruptions at our terminals and storage assets or at the source points for the products we store or sell, disruptions in our labor force, as well as disruptions in our information technology systems; (viii) unanticipated capital expenditures in connection with the construction, repair, or replacement of our assets; (ix) our ability to integrate acquired assets with our existing assets and to realize anticipated cost savings and other efficiencies and benefits; and (x) our ability to successfully complete our organic growth and acquisition projects and/or to realize the anticipated financial and operational benefits. These are not all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Other known or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on future results. Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report are qualified by these cautionary statements, and we cannot assure you that actual results or developments that we anticipate will be realized or, even if realized, will have the expected consequences to or effect on us or our business or operations. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report may not occur.
When considering these forward-looking statements, please note that we provide additional cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors”, in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and in Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this Annual Report. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report may not occur.
Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date of this Annual Report (or other date as specified in this Annual Report) or as of the date given if provided in another filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We undertake no obligation, and disclaim any obligation, to publicly update, review or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements. All forward looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this Annual Report and our other existing and future periodic reports filed with the SEC.
PART I
Item 1. Business
As used in this Annual Report, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Sprague Resources,” the “Partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms, refer to Sprague Resources LP and its subsidiaries; references to our "General Partner" refer to Sprague Resources GP LLC; references to "Axel Johnson" or the "Sponsor" refer to Axel Johnson Inc. and its controlled affiliates, collectively, other than Sprague Resources, its subsidiaries and its General Partner; and references to "Sprague Holdings" refer to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and the owner of our General Partner. Our General Partner is a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson.
Our Partnership
We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in June 2011 by Sprague Holdings and our General Partner. We engage in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and provide storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. In October 2013, we became a publicly traded master limited partnership ("MLP") and our common units representing limited partner interests are listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the ticker symbol “SRLP".
Our Predecessor was founded in 1870 as the Charles H. Sprague Company in Boston, Massachusetts; and, in 1905, the company opened the Penobscot Coal and Wharf Company, a tidewater terminal located in Searsport, Maine. By World War II, the company was operating eleven terminals and a fleet of two dozen vessels transporting coal and other products throughout the world. As fuel needs diversified in the United States, the company expanded its product offerings and invested in terminals, tankers, and product handling activities. In 1959, the company expanded its oil marketing activities via entry into the distillate oil market. In 1970, the company was sold to Royal Dutch Shell’s Asiatic Petroleum subsidiary; and, in 1972, Royal Dutch Shell sold the company to Axel Johnson Inc., a member of the Axel Johnson Group of Stockholm, Sweden.
We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own, operate and/or control a network of refined products and materials handling terminals and storage facilities predominantly located in the Northeast United States from New York to Maine and in Quebec, Canada that have a combined storage tank capacity of approximately 14.6 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 2.0 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have access to approximately 43 third-party terminals in the Northeast United States through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.
We operate under four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. See Part II, Item 7 - "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations" for a discussion of financial results by segment and see Segment Reporting included under Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a presentation of financial results by reportable segment.
As of December 31, 2020, our Sponsor, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, owned 12,951,236 common units, representing 56.4% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership. Sprague Holdings also owns our General Partner, which in turn owns a non-economic interest in the Partnership. Sprague Holdings currently holds all of our incentive distribution rights ("IDRs"), which entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash the Partnership distributes from distributable cash flow in excess of $0.4744 per unit per quarter. The maximum IDR distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that Sprague Holdings may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.
On February 11, 2021, Sprague Holdings provided notice to the Partnership that Sprague Holdings had made an IDR Reset Election (the “IDR Reset Election”), as defined in our partnership agreement. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, the Partnership will issue 3,107,248 common units to Sprague Holdings, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be increased from $0.4125 per common unit per quarter to $0.6675 per common unit per quarter and the levels at which the incentive distribution rights participate in distributions will be reset at higher amounts based on current common unit distribution rates and a formula in our partnership agreement. The IDR Reset Election is expected to be consummated on March 5, 2021. Upon consummation of the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will own 16,058,484 common units, representing 61.6% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership.
We furnish or file with the SEC our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We make these documents available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. Our internet address is www.spragueenergy.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other filings with the SEC and is not a part of them.
Business Strategies
Our primary business objective is to increase distributable cash flow per unit over time by executing the following strategies:
•Increase our business with our existing assets and customers. We will make investments in our existing asset base to handle additional products and provide new services to customers. We also intend to win additional business by better serving customers' need for certainty of supply, reduced commodity price risk and high quality customer service.
•Acquire additional terminals and marketing and distribution businesses that are accretive. We intend to grow our asset and customer base by acquiring additional marine and inland terminals (both refined products and materials handling) within and adjacent to the geographic markets we currently serve. We also intend to acquire additional refined products and natural gas marketing businesses that can leverage our existing investment in our logistics capabilities and customer service systems to further increase our cash flow.
•Limit our exposure to commodity price risk and volatility. We take title to the products we sell in our refined products and natural gas segments, while our materials handling business does not take title to products and is operated predominantly under fixed-fee, multi-year contracts. We will continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices and seek to protect our sales margins by maintaining a balanced position in our purchases and sales through the use of derivatives and forward contracts. Our hedging activities are bounded by specific limits established by the board of directors of our General Partner, which are monitored and reported to senior management on a daily basis by our risk group.
•Maintain our operational excellence. We intend to maintain our long history of safe, cost-effective operations and environmental stewardship by investing in the maintenance of our assets and providing training programs for our personnel. We will work diligently to meet environmental regulations and we will continue to enhance our safety programs as our business grows and operating conditions change.
Refined Products
Overview
The products we sell in our refined products segment can be grouped into the following categories: distillates, gasoline and residual fuel oil and asphalt. Our refined products segment accounted for 86%, 89% and 89% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Of our total volume sold in our refined products segment in 2020, distillates accounted for 78%, gasoline accounted for 13% and residual fuel oil and asphalt accounted for 9%.
Distillates. We sell four kinds of distillates: heating oil (both unbranded and our proprietary premium HeatForce® heating oil brand), diesel fuel (both unbranded and our proprietary premium RoadForce® diesel fuel brand), kerosene and jet fuel. In 2020, heating oil accounted for 57%, diesel fuel accounted for 41%, and other distillates accounted for 2% of the total volume of distillates we sold. We have the capability at several of our facilities to blend biodiesel with distillates in order to sell heating oil and diesel fuel with wide varieties of biodiesel content. In 2020, biofuel blended products accounted for 19% of the distillate fuel volumes sold. Distillate volumes accounted for 78%, 79%, and 78% of our total refined products sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Gasoline. We also sell unbranded gasoline. Gasoline volumes accounted for 13%, 10% and 10% of our total refined products sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Residual Fuel Oil and Asphalt. We sell various sulfur grades of residual fuel oil, blended to meet customer requirements. Residual fuel oil and asphalt volumes accounted for 9%, 11% and 12% of our total refined products sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Customers, Contracts and Pricing
We sell heating oil, diesel fuel, kerosene, unbranded gasoline, jet fuel, and residual fuel oil to wholesalers, retailers and commercial customers. The majority of these sales are made free on board, or FOB, at the bulk terminal or inland storage facility we own and/or operate or at facilities with which we have storage and throughput arrangements. In a FOB sale, the price of products sold includes the cost of delivering such product to the FOB location and any further shipping expenses are borne by the purchaser.
Heating oil sales are made to approximately 900 wholesale distributors and retailers through the Sprague RealTime® pricing platform, under rack agreements based upon our posted price, contracts with index-based pricing provisions, and fixed price forward contracts. Diesel fuel sales are made to approximately 600 wholesalers and transportation fuel distributors. We also sell unbranded gasoline at Partnership-owned and at third-party locations, primarily to resellers. Residual fuel oil is sold to approximately 110 commercial and industrial accounts under rack agreements and contracts with index-based pricing provisions.
Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, real estate management companies, natural gas resource development companies and educational institutions. Most of these sales are made on a delivered basis, whereby we either deliver the product with our own trucks and barges or arrange with third-party haulers to make deliveries. We also deliver distillate and residual fuel oil by truck to marine customers.
Public sector entities also purchase our heating oil, diesel fuel, unbranded gasoline and residual fuel oil through competitive bidding processes. We currently have contracts with the U.S. government as well as with numerous states, municipalities, agencies and educational institutions.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, no customer represented more than 10% of net sales for our refined products segment.
Natural Gas
Overview
We purchase, sell and distribute natural gas to approximately 15,000 commercial and industrial customer locations across 13 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States. Our natural gas segment accounted for 11%, 9% and 9% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We deliver natural gas to customers through utility interconnections of pipelines and manage interactions with utilities on behalf of our customers. We sell natural gas pursuant to fixed price, floating price and other structured pricing contracts. We utilize physical purchase instruments as well as financial and derivative instruments both over the counter and through exchanges such as the Intercontinental Exchange Inc. ("ICE") and the New York Mercantile Exchange ("NYMEX"), to manage our natural gas commodity price risk.
In order to manage our supply commitments to our customers and provide operational flexibility and logistic opportunities, we enter into supply contracts, commitments for pipeline transportation capacity, leases for storage space and other physical delivery services for various terms. We believe that entering into these types of arrangements provides us with potential opportunities to grow our existing customer relationships and to pursue additional relationships.
Customers
Our natural gas customers operate in the industrial and commercial sectors in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States, with the highest concentration in New England and New York. Examples of customers include industrial users of varying sizes (e.g., pulp and paper, chemicals, pharmaceutical and metals plants) to various commercial customers (e.g., hospitals, universities, apartment buildings and retail establishments). The industrial customers have a high concentration of process load to support their manufacturing requirements, with the largest uses by the commercial customers typically for heating, cooling, lighting, cooking and drying.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, no customer represented more than 10% of net sales for our natural gas segment.
Contracts/Pricing
We use various types of contracts for the sale and delivery of natural gas to our customers, with terms ranging from month-to-month to over two years. We provide a wide range of pricing options to our customers, including daily pricing and long-term fixed pricing. For example, we may offer a contract that permits the customer to lock in a basis or location differential relative to the Henry Hub delivery location and then fix the price at a later date based on the prevailing market pricing. There are various other alternatives such as “capped” pricing (essentially setting a maximum) or daily pricing based on
a differential to a published market index. Due to the commodity price risk associated with uncertain customer usage patterns, we limit the number of transactions that require a single price for all volumes delivered, with the pricing of the non-contractual volumes primarily based on prevailing market economics. For any transaction where the competitive dynamics require a single price for all volumes delivered, we seek to manage the risk by, for instance, including appropriate increases in the cost build-up to reflect higher hedging costs.
Materials Handling
Overview
Materials handling consists of the movement of raw materials and finished goods through our waterfront terminals. We utilize our terminal network to offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a large number of liquid products, bulk and break bulk materials and provide heavy lift services and other handling services to some of the same customers that we supply with refined products and natural gas. Our materials handling segment accounted for 2% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
We are capable of providing numerous types of materials handling services, including ship handling, crane operations, pile building, warehouse operations, scaling and, in some cases, transportation to the final customer. Because the products we handle are generally owned by our customers, we have minimal to no working capital requirements, commercial risk or inventory risk. Our materials handling activity is generally conducted under multi-year agreements as either fee-based activities or as leasing arrangements when the right to use an identified asset (such as storage tanks or storage locations) has been conveyed in the agreement.
Major Types of Materials Handling and Services
The type of materials handling and services we provide can be divided into three major categories:
Liquid. In a manner similar to our refined products operation our terminal network of marine docks, product pipelines and storage tanks are utilized to store and trans-load various other third party owned liquid products to and from ocean vessels, railcars and tanker trucks. Examples of liquid materials handled include crude oil, refined products, asphalt and clay slurry. Liquid handling activities include securing the vessel, attaching product lines from ship pipes to dock product lines, supervising discharge into tanks, measuring tank quantities, storing product, loading product into authorized trucks or railcars and in some cases transporting the product. Some products require heated storage allow for flow at ambient temperatures. The operations of Kildair Service ULC, our Canadian subsidiary ("Kildair"), include materials handling contracts involving trans-loading and storage of various petroleum products including crude, liquid asphalt and vacuum gas oil ("VGO").
Bulk. Bulk materials are typically aggregate materials that are moved in large vessels configured with multiple holds that store unpackaged products. Examples of bulk material include salt, petroleum coke, gypsum, and coal. Bulk load vessels are normally offloaded using cranes that can reside either on the vessel or on the dock of the terminal. In a typical discharge, the services performed include: securing the vessel to the dock, operating the vessel cranes, transferring products to trucks via large dock hoppers, transporting the materials to a holding pad, building materials up into large storage piles, covering the piles with protective tarps, storing the product, loading the product into trucks or railcars, scaling the loaded trucks and sometimes transporting the product to its final destination.
Break bulk. Break bulk materials are shipped in less than bulk quantities, normally with some type of secondary packaging. Examples of break bulk materials include one-ton sacks of raw materials, pallets of stones, bales of raw wood pulp and rolls of paper. Another subcategory of break bulk materials is large construction project cargo such as windmill components, often referred to as heavy lift. Break bulk handling activities include securing vessels, unloading or loading vessels either with cranes or specialty fork trucks, transferring products into warehouses or onto pads for storage, reloading products onto trucks or railcars and sometimes transporting products to their final destinations.
Customers
Our materials handling operations can service multiple customer types during any single operation, including: ocean shippers, multiple logistics firms, trucking firms and the materials supplier or consumer. Materials we handle normally fall into three major categories. The first category involves raw materials or finished goods shipped by water into local markets to support local production, manufacturing or construction firms. Examples of these products include asphalt for road construction, gypsum rock for drywall manufacturing, road salt for local road treatment, petroleum coke or utility fuels for energy demand and clay slurry for finished paper treatment. The second category of materials we handle are materials manufactured locally for export via vessel to other countries. These materials include wood pulp for paper manufacture in Asia or Europe and tallow for biodiesel production in Europe. The third category of materials we handle are both crude oil and refined products sourced either in Canada, U.S. or internationally for a range of use in local refineries and/or for further export to the U.S. or elsewhere.
Contracts/Pricing
The typical contract term for our materials handling services varies depending on the frequency and type of service. For bulk and liquid services, the commodity is normally a raw materials input for industrial production (clay slurry) or construction of roads (asphalt) or wallboard (gypsum rock). As such, the demand is more ratable and the customer is normally in need of guaranteed space within a terminal. These customers typically enter into term contracts that can range from one to 20 years depending on the relative importance of the material to their production and the amount of any capital infrastructure that we need to develop for such customers. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted-average life of our materials handling contracts was eight years, with a weighted-average remaining term of three years, each calculated using adjusted gross margin as defined in Item 7 - "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations-Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA”, attributable to these contracts.
Historically, our customers have paid for terminal improvements for specialty handling systems such as a clay slurry screening plant, while we pay for more generic infrastructure improvements such as storage pads.
For container and break bulk services, it is typical for the user of that material to contract on an individual shipment basis. For example, a typical pulp merchant may choose to sell its pulp domestically or to users in Europe or Asia depending on the highest delivered value it can yield. As such, its choice of delivery mode and terminal will be driven by the location of its final customer. Therefore, we normally maintain a published rate for most generic services, subject to change depending on market conditions.
Other Operations
Our other operations segment primarily includes the marketing and distribution of coal out of our Portland, Maine terminal and certain commercial trucking activities conducted by Kildair. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 our other operations segment accounted for less than 1% of our total net sales.
Commodity Risk Management
Because we take title to the refined products and natural gas that we sell, we are exposed to commodity risk. Our materials handling business is a fee-based business and, accordingly, our operations in that business segment have only limited exposure to commodity risk. Commodity risk is the risk of market fluctuations in the price of commodities such as refined products and natural gas. We endeavor to limit commodity price risk in connection with our daily operations. Generally, as we purchase and/or store refined products, we reduce commodity risk through hedging by selling futures contracts on regulated exchanges or using other derivatives, and close out the hedges as we sell the product for physical delivery to third parties. Products are generally purchased and sold at spot prices, fixed prices or indexed prices. While we seek to use these transactions to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchased volumes and sales volumes through regulated exchanges or derivatives, we may experience net unbalanced positions for short periods of time as a result of variances in daily sales and transportation and delivery schedules, as well as logistical issues associated with inclement weather conditions or infrastructure disruptions. Our general practice is to not hold refined products futures contracts or other derivative products and instruments for the sole purpose of speculating on price changes. While our policies are designed to limit market risk, some degree of exposure to unforeseen fluctuations in market conditions remains.
Our operating results are sensitive to a number of commodity risk factors. Such factors include commodity location, grades of product, individual customer demand for grades or location of product, localized market price structures, availability of transportation facilities, daily delivery volumes that vary from expected quantities and timing and costs to deliver the commodity to the customer. The term “basis risk” is used to describe the inherent market price risk created when a commodity of certain grade or location is purchased, sold or exchanged as compared to a purchase, sale or exchange of that commodity at a different time or place, including, without limitation, transportation costs and timing differentials. We attempt to reduce our exposure to basis risk by grouping our purchase and sale activities by geographical region and commodity quality in order to stay balanced within such designated region.
With respect to the pricing of commodities, we enter into derivative positions to limit or hedge the impact of market fluctuations on our purchases and forward fixed price sales of refined products and natural gas. All hedge positions are reflected in our results of operations.
With respect to refined products, we primarily use a combination of futures contracts, over-the-counter swaps and forward purchases and sales to hedge our price risk. For light oils (gasoline and distillates), we primarily utilize the actively traded futures contracts on the regulated NYMEX to hedge our positions. Heavy oils are typically hedged with fixed-for-floating price residual fuel oil swaps contracts, which are either balanced by offsetting positions or financially settled.
With respect to natural gas, we generally use fixed-for-floating price swaps contracts that trade on the Intercontinental Exchange ("ICE") for hedging. As an alternative, we may use NYMEX natural gas futures for such purposes. In addition, we use natural gas basis swaps to hedge our basis risk.
For both refined products and natural gas, if we trade in any derivatives that are not cleared on an exchange, we strive to enter into derivative agreements with counterparties that we believe have a strong credit profile and/or provide us with trade credit to limit counterparty risk and margin requirements.
Our risk management policies, and the specific limits therein, are intended to prevent unauthorized trading and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and sales or future delivery obligations. However, these steps may not detect and/or prevent all violations of such risk management policies, processes and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.
Storage and Distribution
Marine terminals and inland storage facilities play a key role in the distribution of product to our customers. Our facilities are equipped to provide terminalling, storage and distribution of both solid and liquid products to serve our refined products and materials handling businesses. Each facility has capabilities that are unique to the local markets served. A number of facilities are used to handle liquid, dry bulk, break bulk and refined products at the same terminal and in most cases across the same dock, providing flexibility to fully utilize terminal assets to meet a variety of fuel and third-party cargo handling demands.
The marine terminals and inland storage facilities from which we distribute product are supplied by ship, barge, truck, pipeline or rail. Our customers receive product from our network of marine terminals and inland storage facilities via truck, barge, rail or pipeline.
Our marine terminals consist of multiple storage tanks and automated truck loading equipment. These automated systems monitor terminal access, volumetric allocations, credit control and carrier certification through the electronic identification of customers. In addition, some of the marine and inland terminals are equipped with truck loading racks capable of providing automated blending and additive packages that meet our customers’ specific requirements. Many of our marine and inland terminals operate 24 hours per day.
Throughput arrangements allow storage of our product at terminals owned by others. These arrangements permit our customers to receive product at third-party terminals while we pay terminal owners fees for services rendered in connection with the receipt, storage and handling of the product. Payments we make to terminal owners may be fixed or fluctuate based upon the volume of product that is delivered and sold at the terminal.
Exchange agreements allow our customers to take delivery of product at a terminal or facility that is not owned or leased by us. An exchange is a contractual agreement pursuant to which the parties exchange product at their respective terminals or facilities. For example, we (or our customers) receive product that is owned by the other party from such party’s facility or terminal and we deliver the same volume of product to such party (or to such party’s customers) out of one of the terminals in our terminal network. Generally, both parties to an exchange transaction pay a handling fee (similar to a throughput fee) and often one party also pays a location differential that covers any excess transportation costs incurred by the other party in supplying product to the location at which the first party receives product. Costs incurred in exchanges may also include product value differentials.
Our Terminals and Storage Facilities
As of December 31, 2020, we owned, operated, and/or controlled a network of refined products and material handling terminals and storage facilities predominantly located in the Northeast United States from New York to Maine and in Quebec, Canada that have a combined storage tank capacity of approximately 14.6 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 2.0 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have access to approximately 43 third-party terminals in the Northeast United States through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.
On December 23, 2020, we sold the Mt. Vernon terminal to an unaffiliated buyer. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net gain on the sale of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included within other operating income in the consolidated statements of income. Pursuant to a post-closing escrow and access agreement, we have deposited $1.2 million in an escrow account to secure our fulfillment of various environmental remediation regulatory requirements.
For a more detailed description of our terminals and storage facilities, please read Part I, Item 2 - "Properties.”
Competition
We encounter varying degrees of competition in the marketing of our refined products based on product type and geographic location. In our primary Northeast United States market, we compete in various product lines and for a range of customer types. The principal methods of competition in our refined products operations are pricing, service offerings to customers, credit support and certainty of supply. Our competitors include terminal companies, major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates and independent marketers of varying sizes, financial resources and experience. We believe that our being one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States (based on aggregate terminal capacity), our ownership of various marine-based terminals and our reputation for reliability and strong customer service allow us to be competitive in marketing refined products in the areas in which we operate.
Competitors of our natural gas sales operations generally include natural gas suppliers and distributors of varying sizes, financial resources and experience, including producers, pipeline companies, utilities and independent marketers. The principal methods of competition in our natural gas operations are in obtaining supply, pricing optionality for customers and effective support services, such as scheduling and risk management. We believe that our sizable market presence and strong customer service and offerings allow us to be competitive in marketing natural gas in the areas in which we operate.
In our materials handling operations, we primarily compete with public and private port operators. Although customer decisions are substantially based on location, additional points of competition include types of services provided and pricing. We believe that our ability to provide materials handling services at a number of our refined products terminals and our demonstrated ability to handle a wide range of products provides us a competitive advantage in competing for products-related handling services in the areas in which we operate.
Seasonality
Demand for natural gas and some refined products, specifically heating oil and residual fuel oil for space heating purposes, is generally higher during the period of November through March than during the period of April through October. Therefore, our results of operations for the first and fourth calendar quarters are generally stronger than for the second and third calendar quarters. For example, over the 36-month period ended December 31, 2020, we generated an average of 77% of our total heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March.
Employees
As of December 31, 2020, our General Partner employed approximately 663 full-time employees who supported our operations, 73 of whom were covered by six collective bargaining agreements. One of these agreements, covering 38 employees, is up for renewal on June 30, 2021. Our Canadian subsidiary had 102 employees as of December 31, 2020, 39 of whom were covered by one collective bargaining agreement which expires on March 18, 2021. Overall we believe that our relationships with full-time employees and labor unions are generally good.
Health and Safety
We maintain a culture of safety grounded on the premise of eliminating workplace incidents, risks and hazards. We have a Health, Safety, Environment and Sustainability department ("HSE") to implement processes to help eliminate high-risk actions and identified safety hazards. We strive to provide all employees with a safe work environment and the necessary skills, training, knowledge, equipment, and management to perform their responsibilities in the healthiest and safest manner possible. We track safety performance using industry standard metrics and work continuously to improve safety across our businesses. In 2020, Sprague’s company-wide Recordable Injury Frequency ("RIF") was calculated to be 1.68, down from 3.60 in March of 2019, and below its industry peer group. Our 2021 goal is to reduce Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") recordable incidents by 25% year over year. In response to the global novel coronavirus pandemic ("COVID-19"), we have implemented and continue to implement safety measures in all our facilities. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has led to unique challenges, and we are striving to ensure the health, safety and general well-being of our employees. We continue to evolve our programs to meet our employees’ health and wellness needs, which we believe is essential to attract and retain employees of the highest level, and we offer a competitive benefits package focused on fostering work/life integration.
Inclusion, Equity and Diversity
We make it a priority to embrace diversity and collaboration in our workforce, our ways of thinking, and our business experiences. Our goal is to create a culture where we value, respect, and provide fair treatment and equal opportunities for all employees. We encourage employees to consider all points of view to help deliver better results. Inclusion, equity and diversity
("IE&D") is vital to our business as whole, not strictly a human resources initiative. We continue to build IE&D into our culture with a focus on continuous improvement, and have identified several key objectives that guide our effort and by which we will demonstrate our commitment to fostering inclusion, equity and diversity, including:
•Promoting a work environment that enables employees to feel safe to express their ideas and perspectives and feel they belong to our team; and,
•Recruiting, developing and retaining diverse top talent.
Corporate social and environmental responsibility
Our values, rooted in trust, integrity, and collaboration, lay the foundation for our commitment to corporate social and environmental responsibility. We are committed to conducting business in an environmentally sensitive manner and we seek to comply with all applicable local, state, provincial, and federal environmental regulatory requirements. Beyond providing energy solutions that solve our customers' current energy challenges, we believe that to be truly successful, it's crucial that we do our part to continually adapt to the ever changing energy landscape by seeking out initiatives that reduce our environmental footprint, helping to improve the world for current and future generations. For us, that means we are committed to: protecting our planet by minimizing the environmental impact associated with our operations; striving to contribute our time, talent and resources to strengthen the communities where we live and work; and engaging in ethical practices. We're all in this together; we believe when our local communities succeed, we succeed. We and our employees live this mantra with various initiatives focused on supporting our communities both financially and with employee time.
Compensation programs and employee benefits
The main objective of our compensation program is to provide a compensation package that will attract, retain, motivate and reward employees. In addition to competitive base salaries, we accomplish this compensation objective through our Thrift 401(k) plan match program and contributions to a Defined Contribution plan. Employees are also eligible for annual bonus amounts tied to our incentive plan metrics and objectives.
We are committed to providing comprehensive benefit options and it is our intention to offer benefits that will allow our employees and their families to live healthier and more secure lives. Some examples of the wide ranging benefits we offer are: medical insurance, prescription drug benefits, dental insurance, vision insurance, parental leave, short-term disability, long-term disability, health rewards, employee assistance programs, health savings accounts and flexible spending accounts.
Environment
General
Our petroleum product terminal and supply operations are subject to extensive and stringent environmental laws. As part of our business, we own and operate petroleum storage and distribution facilities and a fleet of petroleum trucks, and must comply with environmental laws at the federal, state and local levels, which increase the cost of operating terminals and our business generally. These laws include statutes, such as the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act, and regulations, which are frequently modified or revised to impose new obligations that are applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of permits to conduct certain activities limiting or preventing the release of materials from our facilities, managing wastes generated by our operations, the installation of pollution control equipment, responding to releases of process materials or wastes from our operations, and the risk of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. However, we do not believe that we are affected in a significantly different manner by these laws and regulations than are our competitors.
Our operations also utilize a number of petroleum storage facilities and distribution facilities that we do not own or operate, but at which refined products are stored. We utilize these facilities through several different contractual arrangements, including leases, throughput and terminalling services agreements. If facilities with which we contract that are owned and operated by third parties fail to comply with environmental laws, they could be shut down, requiring us to incur costs to use alternative facilities.
Environmental laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business in several ways, such as:
•Requiring capital expenditures to comply with environmental control requirements;
•Requiring remedial action to mitigate releases of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes caused by our operations or attributable to former operators; and,
•Curtailing the operations of facilities deemed in non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations.
Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes have been released or disposed. Moreover, neighboring landowners and other third parties may file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or other wastes into the environment.
The trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. For example, shortly after taking office in January 2021, President Biden issued a series of executive orders designed to address climate change and requiring agencies to review environmental actions taken by the Trump administration, as well as a memorandum to departments and agencies to refrain from proposing or issuing rules until a departmental or agency head appointed or designated by the Biden administration has reviewed and approved the rule. President Biden’s executive orders, as well as reentry into the Paris Agreement as discussed below, may result in the development of additional regulations or changes to existing regulations. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation and actual future expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently anticipate. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and to plan accordingly to remain in compliance with changing environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance.
We do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations. However, we can provide no assurance that future events, such as changes in existing laws, changes in the interpretation of existing laws, promulgation of new laws, or the development or discovery of new facts or conditions will not cause us to incur significant costs or will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash available for distribution to our unitholders.
Hazardous Substances and Releases
Our business is subject to laws relating to the release of hazardous substances into the water or soils, which include requirements to control pollution of the environment. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, also known as CERCLA or the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances. Under the Superfund law, these persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. The Superfund law also authorizes the EPA, and in some instances third parties, to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible persons the costs they incur. It is possible for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate substances that fall within the Superfund law’s definition of a hazardous substance and, as a result, we may be jointly and severally liable under the Superfund law for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which those hazardous substances have been released into the environment.
We currently own, lease or use storage or distribution facilities where hydrocarbons are being or have been handled for many years. Although we have used operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have been disposed of or released on, under or from the properties owned or leased by us or on or under other locations where we have contractual arrangements or where these wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, many of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to the Superfund law or other federal and state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes, including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators, to clean up contaminated property, including groundwater contaminated by prior owners or operators, or to make capital improvements to prevent future contamination.
Our operations generate a variety of wastes, including some hazardous wastes that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended ("RCRA") and comparable state laws. These regulations impose detailed requirements for the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste. Our operations also generate solid wastes which are regulated under state law or the less stringent solid waste requirements of the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with the existing requirements of RCRA, the Solid Waste Disposal Act and similar state and local laws, and the cost involved in complying with these requirements is not material. We are also incurring ongoing costs for monitoring groundwater at several facilities that we operate. We believe that these costs will not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Above-Ground Storage Tanks
Above-ground tanks that contain petroleum and other hazardous substances are subject to comprehensive regulation under environmental laws. Generally, these laws impose liabilities for releases and require secondary containment systems for tanks or require the operators take alternative precautions to ensure that no contamination results from tank leaks or spills. We believe we are in substantial compliance with environmental laws and regulations applicable to above-ground storage tanks.
The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, addresses three principal areas of oil pollution-prevention, containment and cleanup. In order to handle, store or transport oil, we are required to file oil spill response plans with the United States Coast Guard (for marine facilities) and the EPA. States in which we operate have enacted laws similar to OPA. We maintain such plans, and when required have submitted plans and received federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the OPA, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. We believe we are in substantial compliance with regulations promulgated under OPA and similar state laws.
Under OPA and comparable state laws, responsible parties for a regulated facility from which oil is discharged may be subject to strict, joint and several liability for removal costs and certain other consequences of an oil spill such as natural resource damages, where the spill is into navigable waters or along shorelines. Under the authority of the federal Clean Water Act, the EPA imposes specific requirements for Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure, or SPCC, plans that are designed to prevent, and minimize the impacts of, releases from above ground storage tanks. We believe we are in substantial compliance with regulations pursuant to OPA, the Clean Water Act and similar state laws.
From time to time, we experience spills and releases during various phases of our operations, and some of these releases can reach waters that applicable federal and state laws would define as navigable. As a result we may be responsible for fines and penalties as well as required capital expenditures and for implementation of compliance and maintenance programs.
Water Discharges
The federal Clean Water Act, or CWA, and analogous state laws impose strict controls on the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. This law and comparable state laws prohibit the discharge of pollutants into regulated waters, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or analogous state agency and impose substantial liabilities for noncompliance. The EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (“Corps”) previously issued a final rule in May 2015 defining the scope of the EPA’s and the Corps’ jurisdiction, i.e., the scope of “Waters of the United States”; however, in October 2019, the EPA and the Corps published a final rule repealing the 2015 rule and re-codifying the longstanding regulatory text that existed prior to the 2015 rule. In January 2020, the EPA and the Corps finalized a new rule to replace the 2015 rule. The 2020 rule is currently subject to a number of legal challenges. Moreover, the January 2020 rule has been identified by the Biden Administration as one of the actions that will be reviewed to determine whether it is consistent with the policies of the Biden Administration and may be subject to suspension, revision or rescission. Modification of the 2020 rule may result in broader applicability of the CWA.
The CWA also regulates the discharge of storm water runoff from certain industrial facilities. Accordingly, several of our facilities are required to obtain and maintain storm water discharge permits, which require monitoring and sampling of storm water runoff from such facilities. We believe we hold the required permits and operate in substantial compliance with those permits. While we have experienced permit discharge exceedances at some of our terminals, we do not expect any non-compliance with existing permits and foreseeable new permit requirements to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Air Emissions
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, or CAA, and comparable state and local laws. Under such laws, permits are typically required to emit pollutants into the atmosphere above certain thresholds. We believe we currently hold or have applied for all necessary air permits and that we are in substantial compliance with applicable air laws and regulations. The trend in air emissions regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. If more restrictive air laws and regulations are enacted in the future, they may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Various federal, state and local agencies have the authority to prescribe product quality specifications for the refined products that we sell, largely in an effort to reduce air pollution. Failure to comply with these regulations can result in substantial penalties. Although we can give no assurances, we believe we are currently in substantial compliance with these regulations.
Changes in product quality specifications could require us to incur additional handling costs or reduce our throughput volume. For instance, different product specifications for different markets could require the construction of additional storage. Also, states in which we operate have either started or plan to limit the sulfur content of home heating oil, which could also increase our costs to purchase such oil or limit our ability to sell heating oil.
Changing sulfur regulations also impact the residual fuel oil business. Restrictions on certain grades of product and in certain cases, banning residual fuel oil in certain municipalities or regions, will force us to reconfigure existing tanks that are in residual fuel oil service.
Climate Change
In response to the April 2007 United States Supreme Court ruling in Massachusetts, et al. v. EPA that the EPA has authority to regulate carbon dioxide emissions under the CAA, the EPA has taken several steps towards implementing regulations regarding the emission of greenhouse gases, or GHGs. In 2009, the EPA issued a final rule declaring that six GHGs “endanger both the public health and the public welfare of current and future generations.” The issuance of this “endangerment finding” allows the EPA to begin regulating GHG emissions under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. In addition, the EPA has issued rules requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the United States, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. Certain state jurisdictions also have similar GHG reporting requirements. While our operations fall below the thresholds that would characterize large sources, we are required to implement systems to track certain purchases of product and we believe we are in material compliance with the regulations.
Overall, there has been a trend towards increased regulation of GHGs and initiatives, both domestically and internationally, to limit GHG emissions. Future efforts to limit emissions associated with transportation fuels and heating fuels could reduce the market for, or pricing of, our products, and thus adversely impact our business. In addition, it should be noted that some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHG in the earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events. If any of those effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our assets and operations. In addition, in 2015, the United States participated in the United Nations Conference on Climate Change, which led to the creation of the Paris Agreement. In April 2016, the United States signed the Paris Agreement, which requires countries to review and “represent a progression” in their nationally determined contributions, which set emissions reduction goals, every five years. Although the United States State Department formally informed the United Nations of the United States’ withdrawal from the Paris Agreement in November 2019 and finalized that withdrawal in 2020, the United States re-entered the Paris Agreement, effective January 20, 2021, pursuant to President Biden’s executive order. Several states and geographic regions in the United States have adopted legislation and regulations to reduce emissions of GHGs. Additional legislation or regulation by these states and regions, the EPA, and/or any international agreements to which the United States may become a party, that control or limit GHG emissions or otherwise seek to address climate change could adversely affect our operations. The cost of complying with any new law, regulation or treaty will depend on the details of the particular program. Any direct and indirect costs of meeting these requirements may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.
In addition to the regulatory efforts described above, activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have, in certain instances, directed their attention at sources of funding for fossil-fuel energy companies. This could make it more difficult to secure funding for projects. Members of the investment community have recently increased their focus on sustainability practices, including practices related to GHGs and climate change, in the oil and natural gas industry. As a result, we and others in our industry have come under increasing pressure to improve our sustainability practices. Additionally, members of the investment community have begun to screen companies such as ours for sustainability performance before investing in our common units. If we are unable to establish adequate sustainability practices, our common unit price may be negatively impacted, our reputation may be negatively affected, and it may be more difficult for us to compete effectively. Our efforts to improve our sustainability practices in response to these pressures may increase our costs, and we may be forced to implement technologies that are not economically viable in order to improve our sustainability performance and to perform services for certain customers.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Common units are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business.
If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.
Risks Related to Our Business
We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our General Partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.
In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125 per unit per quarter, or $1.65 per unit on an annualized basis, we will require distributable cash flow of $9.5 million per quarter, or $37.9 million per year, based on the number of common units currently outstanding. We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations and our borrowing capacity, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:
•Competition from other companies that sell refined products, natural gas, renewable fuels and material handling businesses in the Northeast United States and eastern Canada as well as demand for such products and services;
•Absolute price levels, and volatility of prices, of refined products and natural gas in both the spot and futures markets;
•Seasonal variation in temperature, which affects demand for natural gas and refined products such as heating oil and residual fuel oil (to the extent that it is used for space heating); and
•Prevailing economic and regulatory conditions.
In addition, the actual amount of distributable cash flow that we distribute will depend on other factors such as:
•The level of maintenance capital expenditures we make;
•The level of operating and general and administrative expenses, including reimbursements to our General Partner and certain of its affiliates for services provided to us;
•Fluctuations or changes in federal, state, local and foreign tax rates, including Canadian income and withholding tax rates;
•The restrictions contained in our Credit Agreement (as defined herein), including borrowing base limitations and limitations on distributions as well as debt service requirements;
•Fluctuations in our working capital needs;
•Our ability to access capital markets and to borrow under our Credit Agreement to make distributions to our unitholders; and
The COVID-19 outbreak could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The global outbreak of COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the U.S. Government in March 2020 and has negatively affected the U.S. and global economy, resulted in significant travel and transport restrictions, including mandated closures and orders to “shelter-in-place”. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operational and financial performance is uncertain and cannot be predicted. However, we have experienced decline in volumes of natural gas and petroleum products sold and anticipate a further decline in the next several months until the pandemic response moves through Phase I, II and Phase III along with a corresponding reduction in revenue, gross margin and EBITDA. We continue to assess possible implications to our business, supply chain and customers, and to take actions in an effort to mitigate adverse consequences.
Our business is seasonal and generally our financial results are lower in the second and third quarters of the calendar year which may result in an increased need to borrow money in order to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders during these quarters.
Demand for natural gas and some refined products, specifically home heating oil and residual fuel oil for space heating purposes, is generally higher during the period of November through March than during the period of April through October.
Therefore, our results of operations for the first and fourth calendar quarters are generally better than for the second and third calendar quarters. For example, over the 36-month period ended December 31, 2020, we generated an average of 77% of our total heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March in the Northeast United States and Canada. With reduced cash flow during the second and third calendar quarters, we may be required to borrow money in order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to unitholders. Any restrictions on our ability to borrow could restrict our ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
A significant decrease in demand for refined products, natural gas or our materials handling services in the areas we serve would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
A significant decrease in demand for refined products, natural gas or our materials handling services in the areas that we serve would significantly reduce net sales and, therefore, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, our ability to borrow and make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand for refined products or natural gas include:
•Recession or other adverse economic conditions, including but not limited to, public health crises that reduce economic activity, affect the demand for travel (public and private), as well as impact costs of operation and availability of supply (including the coronavirus COVID-19 outbreak);
•Unseasonably warm temperatures or higher prices;
•Increased conservation, technological advances and the availability of alternative energy, whether as a result of industry changes, governmental or regulatory actions or otherwise; and,
•Conversion from consumption of heating oil or residual fuel oil to natural gas as such switching and conversions could reduce our sales of heating oil and residual fuel oil.
Factors that could lead to a decrease in demand for our materials handling services include weakness in the housing and construction industries and the economy generally.
Certain of our operating costs and expenses are fixed and do not vary with the volumes we store, distribute and sell. These costs and expenses may not decrease ratably, or at all, should we experience a reduction in volumes stored, distributed and sold. As a result, we may experience declines in operating margin if our volumes decrease.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders are influenced by changes in demand for, and therefore indirectly by changes in the prices of, refined products and natural gas, which could adversely affect our profit margins, our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition, contract performance, trade credit and the amount and cost of borrowing under our Credit Agreement.
Financial and operating results from our purchasing, storing, terminalling and selling operations are influenced by price volatility in the markets for refined products and natural gas. When prices for refined products and natural gas rise, some of our customers may have insufficient credit to purchase supply from us at their historical purchase volumes, and their customers, in turn, may adopt conservation measures which reduce consumption, thereby reducing demand for product. Furthermore, when prices increase rapidly and dramatically, we may be unable to promptly pass our additional costs to our customers, resulting in lower margins for a period of time before margins expand to cover the incremental costs. Significant increases in the costs of refined products can materially increase our costs to carry inventory. We use the working capital facility in our Credit Agreement, which limits the amounts that we can borrow, as the primary source of financing for our working capital requirements. Lastly, higher prices for refined products or natural gas may (1) diminish our access to trade credit support or cause it to become more expensive and (2) decrease the amount of borrowings available for working capital as a result of total available commitments, borrowing base limitations and advance rates thereunder.
Restrictions in our Credit Agreement could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders as well as the value of our common units.
We are dependent upon the earnings and cash flow generated by operations in order to meet our debt service obligations and to allow us to make cash distributions to unitholders. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our Credit Agreement and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue business, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders. Our Credit Agreement contains covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios. The provisions of the Credit Agreement may affect our ability to obtain future financing for and pursue attractive business opportunities and maintain flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of the Credit Agreement could result in an event of default which could enable our lenders, subject to the terms and conditions of our Credit Agreement, to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay the accelerated amounts, our
lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such debt. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, defaults under our other debt instruments, if any, may be triggered and our assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders of our units could experience a partial or total loss of their investment. See Part II, Item 7 - "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.
Our future level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:
•Our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes may be impaired, or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;
•Our funds available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced by that portion of our cash flow required to make required debt service payments;
•We may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
•Our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.
Our ability to service debt will depend upon, among other things, future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If operating results are not sufficient to maintain our indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying business, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets or issuing equity. We may not be able to affect any of these actions on satisfactory terms or at all.
Changes in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our operating results.
Because we are a U.S. dollar reporting company and also conduct a portion of our Canadian operations in Canadian dollars, we are exposed to currency fluctuations and exchange rate risks that may adversely affect the U.S. dollar value of our earnings, cash flow and partners’ capital under applicable accounting rules.
Warmer weather conditions during winter could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
Weather conditions during winter have an impact on the demand for heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas. Because we supply distributors whose customers depend on heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas during the winter, warmer-than-normal temperatures during the first and fourth calendar quarters in one or more regions in which we operate can decrease the total volume we sell and the adjusted gross margin realized on those sales and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
Our risk management policies, processes and procedures cannot eliminate all commodity price risk or basis risk, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies, processes and procedures could result in significant financial losses.
While our risk management policies, processes and procedures are designed to limit commodity price risk, some degree of exposure to unforeseen fluctuations in market conditions remains. For example, we change our hedged position daily in response to movements in our inventory. If we overestimate or underestimate sales from inventory, we may be unhedged for the amount of the overestimate or underestimate. Although we monitor policies, processes and procedures designed to prevent unauthorized trading and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and sales or future delivery obligations, we can provide no assurance that these steps will detect and/or prevent all violations of such risk management policies, processes and procedures.
We are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and counterparties.
We are subject to risk of nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and counterparties. Even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience financial losses in our dealings with these third parties. Furthermore, our access to trade credit support could diminish or become more expensive. Our ability to continue to receive sufficient trade credit on commercially acceptable terms could be adversely affected by, among other things, fluctuations in refined product, natural gas and renewable fuel prices or disruptions in the credit markets.
Some of our refined products and natural gas competitors have capital resources many times greater than ours and control greater supplies. Competitors able to supply customers with products and services at a lower price could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
Our competitors include terminal companies, major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates and independent marketers of varying size, financial resources and experience. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than
us, have capital resources many times greater than ours, control greater supplies of refined products and natural gas than us and/or control substantially greater storage capacity than us.
Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.
In the ordinary course of business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in data centers and on our networks. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties, disrupt operations and the services we provide to customers, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our products and services, which could adversely affect business/operating margins, revenues and competitive position.
A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow and expand our business through acquisitions. If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth may be limited and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.
A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow and expand our business through acquisitions. Our ability to grow depends, in part, on our ability to make accretive acquisitions that result in an increase in cash from operations generated per unit. If we are unable to make accretive acquisitions, either because we are (1) unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, (2) unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or (3) outbid by competitors, then our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do make acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, such acquisitions may nevertheless result in a decrease in the cash generated from operations per unit.
Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:
•Mistaken assumptions about volumes, cash flows, net sales and costs, including synergies;
•An inability to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire;
•An inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to manage and operate our newly acquired assets;
•The assumption of unknown liabilities;
•Unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and
•Customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
A portion of our net sales is generated under contracts that must be renegotiated or replaced periodically. If we are unable to successfully renegotiate or replace these contracts, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.
Most of our contracts with refined products customers are for a single season or on a spot basis, while most of our contracts with natural gas customers are for a term of one year or less. As these contracts and our materials handling contracts expire from time to time, they must be renegotiated or replaced. While our materials handling contracts are generally long-term, they are also subject to periodic renegotiation or replacement. If we cannot successfully renegotiate or replace any of our contracts, or if we renegotiate or replace them on less favorable terms, net sales and margins from these contracts could decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.
Due to our lack of geographic diversification, adverse developments in the terminals we use or in our operating areas would adversely affect results of operations and distributable cash flow.
Our operations are largely located in the Northeast United States and eastern Canada. Due to our lack of geographic diversification, an adverse development in the businesses or areas in which we operate, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events, weather or decreases in demand for refined products or materials handling services, could have a significantly greater impact on our results of operations and distributable cash flow than if we operated in more diverse locations.
Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage.
We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business. Our operations are subject to many operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions inherent in our business. If any event of a substantial nature were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of related operations.
We may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we believe to be appropriate for our business at reasonable rates or at all. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies could increase or escalate further. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Certain types of risks, such as fines and penalties, or remediation or damages claims from environmental pollution, are either not covered by insurance or applicable insurance may be unavailable for particular claims based on exclusions or limitations in the policies.
Our terminalling and materials handling operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and operational safety that require us to incur substantial costs and that may become more stringent over time.
A fundamental risk inherent in terminalling and materials handling operations is that we may incur substantial environmental costs and liabilities. In particular, our terminalling operations involve the receipt, storage and redelivery of refined products and are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws and regulations regulating environmental matters including the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, operational safety and related matters. We also face laws and regulations that impact product quality specifications that could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Compliance with these laws and regulations increases our overall cost of business, including our capital costs to maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities. Further, we may incur increased costs because of stricter pollution control requirements or liabilities resulting from noncompliance with required operating or other regulatory permits. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations.
We utilize a number of terminals that are owned and operated by third parties who are also subject to these stringent federal, state and local environmental laws in their operations. Compliance with these requirements by such third parties could increase the cost of doing business with these facilities and there can be no assurances as to the timing and type of such changes or what the ultimate costs might be. If such third parties fail to comply with environmental laws, they could be shut down, requiring us to incur costs to use alternative facilities.
The trend in environmental regulation has been to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment over time. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation, and actual future expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently anticipate.
We can provide no assurance that future events, such as changes in existing laws (including changes in the interpretation of existing laws), the promulgation of new laws, or the development or discovery of new facts or conditions will not cause us to incur significant costs or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.
The risks of spills and releases and the associated liabilities for investigation, remediation and third-party claims, if any, are inherent in terminalling operations, and the liabilities that we incur may be substantial.
Our operation of refined products terminals and storage facilities as well as our transportation and logistics activities are inherently subject to the risks of spills, discharges or other inadvertent releases of petroleum or other hazardous substances. If any of these events have previously occurred or occur in the future, whether in connection with any of our storage facilities or terminals, any other facility to which we send or have sent wastes or by-products for treatment or disposal or on any property which we own or have owned, we could be liable for all costs, jointly and severally, and administrative, civil and criminal penalties associated with the investigation and remediation of such facilities under federal, state and local environmental laws or the common law. We may also be held liable for damages to natural resources, personal injury or property damage claims from third parties, including the owners of properties located near our terminals and those with whom we do business, alleging contamination from spills or releases from our facilities or operations.
Increased physical damage and regulation related to climate change could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for refined products as a fuel source, which could in turn reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
Risks related to climate change include both physical and regulatory risks. Physical risks from climate change may include direct damage to our assets and from the increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events and/or chronic impacts to our operations from longer-term shifts in precipitation patterns and extreme variability in weather patterns. These effects could adversely affect the financial performance of our assets and operations.
Regulatory actions around climate change also continue to evolve and are particularly relevant for our products and business. We may become subject to more stringent legislation and regulation regarding climate change and compliance with any new rules could be difficult and costly. Due to the uncertainty in the regulatory and legislative processes, as well as the scope of such requirements and initiatives, we cannot currently determine the effect such legislation and regulation may have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders. Additionally, we could face increased costs related to defending and resolving legal claims and other litigation related to climate change and the alleged impact of our operations on climate change.
As noted above, the United States re-entered the Paris Agreement, effective January 20, 2021, pursuant to President Biden’s executive order. Several states and geographic regions in the United States have adopted legislation and regulations to reduce emissions of GHGs, and the United States’ re-entry into the Paris Agreement, in combination with executive orders signed by President Biden intended to address climate change, may result in additional legislation and regulations. Additional legislation or regulation by these states and regions, the EPA, and/or any international agreements to which the United States may become a party, that control or limit GHG emissions or otherwise seek to address climate change could adversely affect our operations.
Kildair is subject to both Canadian federal and provincial environmental regulations relating to climate change, GHG emissions, fuel content requirements, and energy policies, including, without limitation, regulations that require the purchase of emission allowances, credits and/or compliance units needed to cover emissions attributable to the combustion of some fossil fuels it sells for consumption or otherwise related to the renewable fuel content of such fuels. These laws and regulations are currently under review by the federal and provincial authorities and, as a result, modifications to the regulatory framework is expected in the near future, notably involving the imposition of a carbon levy on products sold by Kildair as well as carbon intensity reduction requirements on such products. To comply with these laws and regulations, Kildair must, and will, incur costs such as, for example, the cost to purchase allowances, credits and compliance units, that allow Kildair to continue operations at its current or increased levels. Increased costs may result in increased prices for Kildair’s products or decreased profitability. Increased product price as well as the laws and regulations applicable to Kildair's customers, who are themselves subject to laws and regulations relating to climate change, GHG emissions, and energy policies, could result in a reduction of demand for Kildair’s product and therefore reduce our revenues. Additional risks include the inability of Kildair to acquire the required amount of emission allowances, credits or compliance units to offset emissions and/or meet the renewable fuel content which would subject Kildair to various fines.
Overall, there has been a trend at the federal and state level towards increased regulation of GHGs and carbon pollution, both domestically and internationally, to limit emissions. A number of states including, but not limited to Connecticut, Maine, New Hampshire, New York and Pennsylvania, have introduced legislation to establish taxes or assessments on the carbon content of fuels. Future efforts to limit emissions associated with transportation fuels and heating fuels could increase costs, reduce the market for, or impact the pricing of, our products, and thus adversely impact our business.
Additionally, activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have recently directed their attention at sources of funding for fossil-fuel energy companies, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds and other sources of capital restricting or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. Members of the investment community have recently increased their focus on sustainability practices, including practices related to GHGs and climate change, in the oil and natural gas industry. As a result, we and others in our industry have come under increasing pressure to improve our sustainability practices. Additionally, members of the investment community have begun to screen companies such as ours for sustainability performance before investing in our common units. If we are unable to establish adequate sustainability practices, our common unit price may be negatively impacted, our reputation may be negatively affected, and it may be more difficult for us to compete effectively. Our efforts to improve our sustainability practices in response to these pressures may increase our costs, and we may be forced to implement technologies that are not economically viable in order to improve our sustainability performance and to perform services for certain customers. Ultimately, this could make it more difficult to secure funding for energy infrastructure projects, such as our terminal facilities.
We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern the product quality specifications of the refined products we purchase, store, transport and sell.
Various federal, state and local government agencies have the authority to prescribe specific product quality specifications to the sale of commodities. Changes in product quality specifications, such as reduced sulfur content in refined products, or other more stringent requirements for fuels, could reduce our ability to procure or create products of various specifications and limit purchase and storage opportunities associated with market dislocations and discrepancies. Changes in product specifications may require us to incur additional handling costs and capital expenditures. If we are unable to procure product or recover these costs through increased sales, our business would be negatively impacted and we may not be able to meet our financial obligations.
We depend on unionized labor for our operations in Bronx, Lawrence, and Albany, New York; Providence, Rhode Island; and Sorel-Tracy Quebec, Canada. Work stoppages or labor disturbances at these facilities could disrupt our business.
Work stoppages or labor disturbances by our unionized labor force could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders. In addition, employees who are not currently represented by labor unions may seek representation in the future, and renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements may result in agreements with terms that are less favorable to us than our current agreements.
We rely on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business, and a disruption of these systems could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
We depend on our information technology, or IT, systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and to provide analytical information to management. Our IT systems are an essential component of our business and growth strategies, and a serious disruption to our IT systems could limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently. These systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage and interruption from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, security breaches and computer viruses. We employ back-up IT facilities and have disaster recovery plans; however, these safeguards may not entirely prevent delays or other complications that could arise from an IT systems failure, a natural disaster or a security breach. Significant failure or interruption in our IT systems could cause our business and competitive position to suffer and damage our reputation, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to unitholders.
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us
We distribute significant portions of our distributable cash flow, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.
We rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute a significant portion of our distributable cash flow, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in the partnership agreement or Credit Agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may adversely impact the cash that we have available to distribute to unitholders.
Axel Johnson indirectly controls our General Partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our General Partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, may have conflicts of interest with us and have limited duties to us and our common unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders.
As of March 4, 2021, Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, indirectly owns a 56.4% limited partner interest in us and indirectly owns and controls our General Partner. Although our General Partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in good faith, the directors and officers of our General Partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our General Partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owner, Sprague Holdings, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson. Furthermore, certain directors and officers of our General Partner are directors and/or officers of affiliates of our General Partner. Conflicts of interest may arise between our General Partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts, our General Partner may favor its own interests and
the interests of its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:
•Our General Partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, in resolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its duty to our unitholders.
•Affiliates of our General Partner, including Axel Johnson and Sprague Holdings, may engage in competition with us.
•Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Axel Johnson or Sprague Holdings to pursue a business strategy that favors us. Axel Johnson’s directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the stockholders of Axel Johnson.
•Some officers of our General Partner who provide services to us devote time to affiliates of our General Partner.
•Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the duties owed by our General Partner to us and our common unitholders, and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
•Except in limited circumstances, our General Partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.
•Our General Partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the creation, reductions or increases of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is available for distribution to our unitholders and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights.
•Our General Partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces distributable cash flow. Such determination can affect the amount of distributable cash flow available to the holders of our common units and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights. Our partnership agreement does not limit the amount of maintenance capital expenditures that our General Partner can cause us to make.
•Our partnership agreement and the services agreement allow our General Partner to determine, in good faith, the expenses that are allocable to us. Our partnership agreement and the services agreement do not limit the amount of expenses for which our General Partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons, including affiliates of our General Partner, who perform services for us or on our behalf.
•Our General Partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, including incentive distributions.
•Our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $25.0 million as distributable cash flow, even if it is generated from sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus, and this cash may be used to fund the incentive distributions.
•Our partnership agreement does not restrict our General Partner from entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf.
•Our General Partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations.
•Our General Partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of all outstanding common units.
•Our General Partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by our General Partner and its affiliates.
•Our General Partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.
•Sprague Holdings, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner or unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to common unitholders in certain situations.
Under the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our General Partner or any of its affiliates, including their executive officers, directors and owners. Other than as provided in our omnibus agreement, any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our General Partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders.
Our General Partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.
Our General Partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets and not against our General Partner or its assets. Our General Partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our General Partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our General Partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our General Partner’s duty to act in good faith, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our General Partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of distributable cash flow otherwise available for distribution to unitholders.
Our partnership agreement limits our General Partner’s duties to our unitholders.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and reduce the standards to which our General Partner would otherwise be held under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our General Partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our General Partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our General Partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our General Partner may make in its individual capacity include:
•How to allocate business opportunities among us and its other affiliates;
•Whether to exercise its limited call right;
•How to exercise its voting rights with respect to any units it owns;
•Whether to exercise its registration rights with respect to any units it owns; and
•Whether to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our General Partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our General Partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:
•Provides that whenever our General Partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our General Partner, our General Partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;
•Provides that a determination, other action or failure to act by our General Partner, the board of directors of our General Partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be in good faith unless our General Partner, the board of directors of our General Partner or any committee thereof believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership;
•Provides that our General Partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a General Partner so long as it acted in good faith;
•Provides that our General Partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our General Partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
•Provides that our General Partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:
1.Approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner, although our General Partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or
2.Approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our General Partner and its affiliates.
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our General Partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or
failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
Cost reimbursements and fees due to our General Partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf, which may be determined in our General Partner’s sole discretion, may be substantial and will reduce our distributable cash flow.
Under our partnership agreement, prior to making any distribution on the common units, our General Partner and its affiliates shall be reimbursed for all costs and expenses that they incur on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our General Partner has agreed to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us, and we have agreed to reimburse our General Partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our General Partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Our General Partner and its affiliates also may provide us other services for which we may be charged fees as determined by our General Partner. Our partnership agreement and the services agreement do not limit the amount of expenses for which our General Partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Payments to our General Partner and its affiliates may be substantial and will reduce the amount of distributable cash flow.
Unitholders have limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, cannot remove our General Partner without its consent.
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders did not elect our General Partner or the board of directors of our General Partner and will have no right to elect our General Partner or the board of directors of our General Partner on an annual or other continuing basis. The board of directors of our General Partner is chosen by Sprague Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and the sole member of our General Partner. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our General Partner, they will have little ability to remove our General Partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which our common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.
The unitholders will be unable to remove our General Partner without its consent because our General Partner and its affiliates own sufficient units to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of all outstanding common units is required to remove our General Partner. As of March 4, 2021, Sprague Holdings owned 56.4% of our common units.
Furthermore, unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our General Partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units resulting in ownership of at or in excess of such levels with the prior approval of the board of directors of our General Partner, cannot vote on any matter.
Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.
Our General Partner interest or the control of our General Partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
Our General Partner may transfer its General Partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in the partnership agreement on the ability of Sprague Holdings to transfer its membership interest in our General Partner to a third party. The new members of our General Partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our General Partner with their own choices and to control the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.
The incentive distribution rights held by Sprague Holdings may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
Sprague Holdings may transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If Sprague Holdings transfers the incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its ownership interest in our General Partner, our General Partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if Sprague Holdings had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by Sprague Holdings could reduce the likelihood of Axel Johnson accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it, as Axel Johnson would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn may impact our ability to grow our asset base.
We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute unitholder interests.
At any time, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of our unitholders. Further, neither the partnership agreement nor the Credit Agreement prohibits the issuance of equity securities that may effectively rank senior to our common units. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity interests of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:
•Our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
•The amount of distributable cash flow on each unit may decrease;
•The ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
•The relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and
•The market price of our common units may decline.
Sprague Holdings may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.
As of March 4, 2021, Sprague Holdings held 12,951,236 common units. We have agreed to provide Sprague Holdings with certain registration rights (which may facilitate the sale by Sprague Holdings of its common units into the public markets). The sale of these units in the public or private markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
We rely on the master limited partnership ("MLP") structure and its appeal to investors for accessing debt and equity markets to finance our growth and repay or refinance our debt. The volatility in energy prices over the past few years has, among other factors, caused increased volatility and contributed to a dislocation in pricing for MLPs.
The volatility in pricing for MLPs and other energy companies may be adversely affected by a lower energy prices environment. A number of MLPs have reduced or eliminated their distributions to unitholders. A protracted deterioration in the valuation of our common units would increase our cost of capital, make any equity issuance significantly dilutive and may affect our ability to access capital markets and, as a result, our capacity to pay distributions to our unitholders and service or refinance our debt.
An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.
Like all equity investments, an investment in our common units is subject to certain risks. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise be obtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return on government-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investments such as publicly traded limited partnership interests. Reduced demand for our common units resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.
Our General Partner’s discretion in establishing cash reserves may reduce the amount of distributable cash flow that we distribute.
The partnership agreement permits our General Partner to reduce the amount of distributable cash flow distributed to our unitholders by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or agreements to which we are a party or to provide funds for future distributions to partners.
Our General Partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to make cash distributions, even where the purpose or effect of the borrowing benefits our General Partner or its affiliates.
In some instances, our General Partner may cause us to borrow funds from its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, or from third parties in order to permit the payment of cash distributions. These borrowings are permitted even if the purpose and effect of the borrowing is to enable us to make incentive distributions.
Our General Partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.
If at any time our General Partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of our common units, our General Partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price, including at a price below the then-current market price, and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. As of March 4, 2021, Sprague Holdings and its affiliates owned 56.4% of our common units.
Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.
A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:
•We were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or
•Your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitutes “control” of our business.
Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Transferees of common units are liable for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the transferee at the time of the transfer and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.
Sprague Holdings, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to our unitholders.
The holder or holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights (currently Sprague Holdings) have the right, in their discretion and without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner or the holders of our common units, at any time when the holders received distributions on their incentive distribution rights at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. At December 31, 2020, Sprague Holdings had the right to reset the initial target distribution levels. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution. Sprague Holdings has the right to transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time, in whole or in part, and any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights shall have the same rights as Sprague Holdings relative to resetting target distributions.
In the event of a reset of target distribution levels, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to the number of common units that would have entitled the holders to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that Sprague Holdings would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that Sprague Holdings or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units in connection with resetting the target distribution levels.
The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.
As a limited partnership, we are not required to have a majority of independent directors on our General Partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee, as is required for other NYSE-listed entities. Accordingly, unitholders do not have the same protections afforded to certain entities, including most corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
Tax Risks to Common Unitholders
Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") were to treat us as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or we become subject to entity level taxation for state tax purposes, our cash available for distribution would be substantially reduced. The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes or differing interpretations, possibly applied on a retroactive basis.
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A publicly traded partnership such as us may be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless it satisfies a “qualifying income” requirement. Based upon our current operations, we believe we satisfy the qualifying income requirement. However, no ruling has been or will be requested regarding our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would pay U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, and would likely pay additional state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses or deductions would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distributions to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.
The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units, may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. From time to time, members of Congress have proposed and considered substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that would affect publicly traded partnerships. Although there is no current legislative proposal, a prior legislative proposal would have eliminated the qualifying income exception to the treatment of all publicly traded partnerships as corporations upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws or other applicable tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible for us to meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will ultimately be enacted. Any similar or future legislative changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor with respect to the status of regulatory or administrative
developments and proposals and their potential effect on your investment in our common units.
In addition to U.S. federal income tax, we are currently subject to entity level taxes and fees in a number of states and such taxes and fees reduce our distributable cash flow. Changes in current state and local laws may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states and local governments. Additionally, unitholders may be subject to other state and local taxes that are imposed by various jurisdictions in which the unitholder resides or in which we conduct business or own property.
Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted, or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner, that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
Notwithstanding our treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are subject to certain non-U.S. taxes. If a taxing authority were to successfully assert that we have more tax liability than we anticipate or legislation were enacted that increased the taxes to which we are subject, our distributable cash flow would be further reduced.
A material amount of our business operations and subsidiaries are subject to income, withholding and other taxes in the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which they are organized or from which they receive income, reducing the amount of our distributable cash flow. In computing our tax obligation in these non-U.S. jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing tax authorities, such as whether withholding taxes will be reduced by the application of certain tax treaties. Upon review of these positions, the applicable authorities may not agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax being imposed on us. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in higher than anticipated tax being imposed in jurisdictions in which we are organized or from which we receive income. Any such
increases in tax imposed on us would further reduce our distributable cash flow. Although these taxes may be properly characterized as foreign income taxes, unitholders may not be able to credit them against their liability for U.S. federal income taxes on their share of our earnings.
Our unitholders are required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.
Our unitholders are required to pay any U.S. federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of our taxable income whether or not they receive cash distributions from us. For example, if we sell assets and use the proceeds to repay existing debt or fund capital expenditures, unitholders may be allocated taxable income and gain resulting from the sale and our cash available for distribution would not increase. Similarly, taking advantage of opportunities to reduce our existing debt, such as debt exchanges, debt repurchases, or modifications of our existing debt could result in “cancellation of indebtedness income” being allocated to our unitholders as taxable income without any increase in our cash available for distribution. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.
Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than our unitholders expect.
If a unitholder sells common units, such unitholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis in those units. Because distributions in excess of the unitholder’s allocable share of our net taxable income decrease its tax basis in its common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units being sold will, in effect, become taxable income to the unitholder if it sells such units at a price greater than its tax basis in those units, even if the price received is less than the unitholder’s original cost. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if a unitholder sells units, such unitholder may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash received from the sale.
A substantial portion of the amount realized from the sale of your units, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income to you due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Thus, you may recognize both ordinary income and capital loss from the sale of your units if the amount realized on a sale of your units is less than your adjusted basis in the units. Net capital loss may only offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year. In the taxable period in which you sell your units, you may recognize ordinary income from our allocations of income and gain to you prior to the sale and from recapture items that generally cannot be offset by any capital loss recognized upon the sale of units.
Unitholders may be subject to limitation on their ability to deduct interest expense incurred by us.
In general, we are entitled to a deduction for interest paid or accrued on indebtedness properly allocable to our trade or business during our taxable year. However, our deduction for "business interest" is limited to the sum of our business interest income and 30% of our "adjusted taxable income." For the purposes of this limitation, our adjusted taxable income is computed without regard to any business interest expense or business interest income, and in the case of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2022, any deduction allowable for depreciation, amortization, or depletion. For our 2020 taxable year, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act increases the 30% adjusted taxable income limitation to 50%, unless we elect not to apply such increase, and for purposes of determining our 50% adjusted taxable income limitation, we may elect to substitute our 2020 adjusted taxable income with our 2019 adjusted taxable income.
Tax-exempt entities face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Investment in our common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts ("IRAs"), raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Further, a tax-exempt entity with more than one unrelated trade or business (including by attribution from investment in a partnership such as ours that is engaged in one or more unrelated trades or businesses) is required to compute the unrelated business taxable income of such tax-exempt entity separately with respect to each such trade or business (including for purposes of determining any net operating loss deduction). As a result, it may not be possible for tax-exempt entities to utilize losses from an investment in our partnership to offset unrelated business taxable income from another unrelated trade or business and vice versa. If you are a tax exempt entity, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.
Non-U.S. unitholders will be subject to U.S. taxes and withholding with respect to their income and gain from owning our units.
Non-U.S. unitholders are generally taxed and subject to income tax filing requirements by the United States on income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business ("effectively connected income"). Income allocated to our unitholders and
any gain from the sale of our units will generally be considered to be "effectively connected" with a U.S. trade or business. As a result, distributions to a non-U.S. unitholder will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate and a non-U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will also be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposes a withholding obligation of 10% of the amount realized upon a non-U.S. unitholder's sale or exchange of an interest in a partnership that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, and we are required to deduct and withhold from the transferee amounts that should have been withheld by the transferee but were not withheld. However, the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the IRS suspended these rules for transfers of certain publicly traded partnership interests, including transfers of our common units, that occur before January 1, 2022. Under recently finalized Treasury Regulations, such withholding will be required on open market transactions, but in the case of a transfer made through a broker, a partner’s share of liabilities will be excluded from the amount realized. In addition, the obligation to withhold will be imposed on the broker instead of the transferee (and we will generally not be required to withhold from the transferee amounts that should have been withheld by the transferee but were not withheld). These withholding obligations will apply to transfers of our common units occurring on or after January 1, 2022. If you are a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax adviser before investing in our common units.
If a tax authority contests the tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely affected and the cost of any such contest would reduce our distributable cash flow.
We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Tax authorities may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with a tax authority may materially and adversely affect the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest with a tax authority will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our General Partner because the costs will reduce our distributable cash flow.
If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments directly from us, in which case our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced and our current and former unitholders may be required to indemnify us for any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments that were paid on such unitholders' behalf.
If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments directly from us. To the extent possible under the new rules, our General Partner may elect to either pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS or, if we are eligible, issue a revised information statement to each unitholder and former unitholder with respect to an audited and adjusted return. Although our General Partner may elect to have our unitholders and former unitholders take such audit adjustment into account and pay any resulting taxes (including applicable penalties or interest) in accordance with their interests in us during the tax year under audit, there can be no assurance that such election will be practical, permissible or effective in all circumstances. As a result, our current unitholders may bear some or all of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if such unitholders did not own units in us during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments of taxes, penalties and interest, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced and our current and former unitholders may be required to indemnify us for any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments that were paid on such unitholders' behalf. Additionally, we may be required to allocate an adjustment disproportionately among our unitholders, causing our publicly traded units to have different capital accounts, unless the IRS issues further guidance.
In the event the IRS makes an audit adjustment to our income tax return and we do not or cannot shift the liability to our unitholders in accordance with their interests in us during the year under audit, we will generally have the ability to request that the IRS reduce the determined underpayment by reducing the suspended passive loss carryovers of our unitholders (without any compensation from us to such unitholders), to the extent such underpayment is attributable to a net decrease in passive activity losses allocable to certain partners. Such reduction, if approved by the IRS, will be binding on any affected unitholders.
We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the common units actually purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.
Due to a number of factors including our inability to match transferors and transferees of common units, we have adopted certain methods for allocating depreciation and amortization that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to the use of these methods could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from any sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns.
We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.
We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month (the "Allocation Date"), instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Similarly, we generally allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets and, in the discretion of our General Partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction based upon ownership on the Allocation Date. Treasury Regulations allow a similar monthly simplifying convention, but such regulations do not specifically authorize all aspects of our proration method. If the IRS were to challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.
A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g. a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered to have disposed of those common units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and could recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
Because there are no specific rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequences of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan to the short seller may be considered to have disposed of the loaned units. In that case, such unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and the unitholder may be required to recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a securities loan are urged to consult a tax advisor to determine whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.
We have adopted certain valuation methodologies in determining a unitholder’s allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction. The IRS may challenge these methodologies or the resulting allocations, which could adversely affect the value of our common units.
In determining the items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocable to our unitholders, we must routinely determine the fair market value of our assets. Although we may, from time to time, consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we make many fair market value estimates using a methodology based on the market value of our common units as a means to measure the fair market value of our assets. The IRS may challenge these valuation methods and the resulting allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction.
A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the timing or amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain recognized from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.
Our unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and income tax return filing requirements in jurisdictions where they do not live as a result of investing in our common units.
In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including foreign, state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We conduct business and own property in numerous states, in the United States most of which impose a personal income tax as well as an income tax on corporations and other entities. We may own property or conduct business in other U.S. states or non-U.S. countries that impose a personal income tax in the future. It is the unitholder’s responsibility to file all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
The following tables set forth information with respect to our owned, operated and/or controlled terminals as of December 31, 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Liquids Storage Terminals | Number of Storage Tanks | | Storage Tank Capacity (Bbls) | | Principal Products and Materials |
** | Sorel-Tracy Quebec, Canada | 27 | | | 3,282,600 | | | refined products; asphalt, crude oil |
** | Newington, NH: River Road | 29 | | | 1,157,325 | | | refined products; asphalt; tallow |
** | Searsport, ME | 17 | | | 1,141,186 | | | refined products; caustic soda; asphalt |
* | Bridgeport, CT | 13 | | | 1,335,000 | | | refined products |
* | Albany, NY | 9 | | | 1,103,600 | | | refined products |
** | South Portland, ME | 24 | | | 910,484 | | | refined products; asphalt; clay slurry |
* | East Providence, RI | 9 | | | 970,436 | | | refined products |
** | Bronx, NY | 18 | | | 907,500 | | | refined products; asphalt |
** | Newington, NH: Avery Lane | 12 | | | 722,000 | | | refined products, asphalt |
* | Quincy, MA | 9 | | | 657,000 | | | refined products |
* | New Haven, CT (1) | 11 | | | 557,815 | | | refined products |
** | Providence, RI | 4 | | | 484,000 | | | refined products; asphalt |
*** | Everett, MA | 4 | | | 317,600 | | | asphalt |
* | Quincy, MA: TRT (2) | 4 | | | 304,200 | | | refined products |
* | Springfield, MA | 10 | | | 268,200 | | | refined products |
*** | Oswego, NY | 3 | | | 209,800 | | | asphalt |
* | Lawrence, NY | 8 | | | 148,000 | | | refined products |
* | Stamford, CT | 3 | | | 46,600 | | | refined products |
* | New Bedford, MA (3) | 1 | | | 30,000 | | | refined products |
* | Inwood, NY
| 2 | | | 26,000 | | | refined products |
* | Washington, PA area - four locations | 20 | | | 9,071 | | | refined products |
| Total | 237 | | | 14,588,417 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Dry Storage Terminals | Number of Storage Pads and Warehouses | | Storage Capacity (Square Feet) | | Principal Products and Materials |
** | Searsport, ME | 2 warehouses; | | 90,000 | | | break bulk; salt; petroleum coke; |
| | 15 pads | | 872,000 | | | heavy lift |
** | Newington, NH: River Road | 3 pads | | 390,000 | | | salt; gypsum |
*** | Portland, ME (4) | 7 warehouses; | | 215,000 | | | break bulk; dry bulk; coal; |
| | 3 pads | | 95,000 | | | salt |
** | South Portland, ME | 3 pads | | 230,000 | | | salt; coal |
** | Providence, RI | 1 pad | | 75,000 | | | salt |
| | 9 warehouses; | | | | |
| Total | 25 pads | | 1,967,000 | | | |
*Refined Product activities; **Refined Products and Materials Handling activities; *** Materials Handling activities
(1)These tanks are controlled via a storage and throughput agreement with no expiration.
(2)Operating assets and real estate are leased from an unaffiliated third party through April 30, 2025.
(3)Operating assets and real estate are leased from a subsidiary of Sprague Holdings through October 30, 2023.
(4)One storage warehouse is leased from an unaffiliated third party and the balance of the property is owned by us.
On December 23, 2020, we sold the Mt. Vernon terminal to an unaffiliated buyer. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net gain on the sale of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included within other operating income in the consolidated statements of income. Pursuant to a post-closing escrow and access agreement, we have deposited $1.2 million in an escrow account to secure our fulfillment of various environmental remediation regulatory requirements.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to various legal proceedings or claims arising in the ordinary course of business. For information related to legal proceedings, see the discussion under the caption Legal, Environmental and Other Proceedings in Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report, which information is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our public common units began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “SRLP” on October 25, 2013. As of March 4, 2021, Sprague Holdings owned 12,951,236 common units, which represents 56.4% of the limited partner interest in us. We have gathered tax information for our known unitholders and from brokers/nominees and, based on the information collected, we have estimated that the number of our beneficial common unitholders was 12,492 at December 31, 2020 and was 6,000 at December 31, 2019.
Certain Information from Our Partnership Agreement
Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions and incentive distribution rights.
Our Cash Distribution Policy
It is our intent to distribute, within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125 per unit on all our units ($1.65 per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. The board of directors of our General Partner will determine the amount of our quarterly distributions and may change our distribution policy at any time. The board of directors of our General Partner may determine to reserve or reinvest excess cash in order to permit gradual or consistent increases in quarterly distributions and may borrow to fund distributions in quarters when we generate less distributable cash flow than necessary to sustain or grow our cash distributions per unit.
There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly cash distributions from us. We do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Uncertainties regarding future cash distributions to our unitholders include, among other things, the following factors:
•Our cash distribution policy may be affected by restrictions on distributions under our Credit Agreement as well as by restrictions in future debt agreements that we enter into. Specifically, our Credit Agreement contains financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our Credit Agreement, we may be prohibited from making cash distributions notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.
•Our General Partner has the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy.
•Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.
•We may lack sufficient cash to make distributions to our unitholders due to a number of operational, commercial and other factors or increases in our operating costs, general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt and working capital requirements.
•If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to distributable cash flow, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.
•Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state partnership, limited liability company and corporate laws and other laws and regulations.
See Part I, Item 1A - Risk Factors —Risk Related to our Business.
General Partner Interest
Our General Partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our General Partner may in the future own common units or other equity interests in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interest.
Incentive Distribution Rights
Sprague Holdings currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from distributable cash flow in excess of $0.4744 per unit per quarter. After the IDR Reset Election, which has an expected commencement date of March 5, 2021, this threshold will be increased from $0.4744 per unit per quarter to $0.7676 per unit per quarter. The maximum IDR distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our Sponsor may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
We have elected to not provide information responsive to this Item as we are choosing to voluntary comply with the revisions to Item 6 of Form 10-K contained in SEC Release No. 33-10890, which eliminated the disclosure requirements contained in Item 301 of Regulation S-K.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, as well as the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section of this Form 10-K generally includes comparisons of certain 2020 financial information to the same information for 2019. Year-to-year comparisons of the 2019 financial information to the same information for 2018 that are not included in this Form 10-K are contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Partnership’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 filed with the SEC on March 5, 2020, which comparative information is incorporated by reference herein.
A reference to a “Note” herein refers to the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part IV, Item 15 - “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Annual Report.
Overview
We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in June 2011 by Sprague Holdings and our General Partner. We engage in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and provide storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. In October 2013, we became a publicly traded master limited partnership ("MLP") and our common units representing limited partner interests are listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the ticker symbol “SRLP".
Our Predecessor was founded in 1870 as the Charles H. Sprague Company in Boston, Massachusetts; and, in 1905, the company opened the Penobscot Coal and Wharf Company, a tidewater terminal located in Searsport, Maine. By World War II, the company was operating eleven terminals and a fleet of two dozen vessels transporting coal and other products throughout the world. As fuel needs diversified in the United States, the company expanded its product offerings and invested in terminals, tankers, and product handling activities. In 1959, the company expanded its oil marketing activities via entry into the distillate oil market. In 1970, the company was sold to Royal Dutch Shell’s Asiatic Petroleum subsidiary; and, in 1972, Royal Dutch Shell sold the company to Axel Johnson Inc., a member of the Axel Johnson Group of Stockholm, Sweden.
We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own, operate and/or control a network of refined products and materials handling terminals and storage facilities predominantly located in the Northeast United States from New York to Maine and in Quebec, Canada that have a combined storage tank capacity of approximately 14.6 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 2.0 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have access to approximately 43 third-party terminals in the Northeast United States through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.
We operate under four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. See Note 17 - Segment Reporting to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a presentation of financial results by reportable segment and see Part II, Item 7 "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations" for a discussion of financial results by segment.
In our refined products segment we purchase a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sell them to our customers. We have wholesale customers who resell the refined products we sell to them and commercial customers who consume the refined products directly. Our wholesale customers consist of approximately 1,100 home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, drill sites, large industrial companies, real estate management companies, hospitals, educational institutions, and asphalt paving companies. In addition, as a result of our acquisition of Coen Energy in 2017, our customers include businesses engaged in the development of natural gas resources in Pennsylvania and surrounding states.
In our natural gas segment we purchase natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies and sell and distribute natural gas to approximately 15,000 commercial and industrial customer locations across 13 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States.
Our materials handling segment is generally conducted under multi-year agreements as either fee-based activities or as leasing arrangements when the right to use an identified asset (such as storage tanks or storage locations) has been conveyed in the agreement. We offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, crude oil, residual fuel oil, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. Historically, a majority of our materials handling activity has generated qualified income.
Our other operations segment primarily includes the marketing and distribution of coal conducted in our Portland, Maine terminal, and commercial trucking activity conducted by our Canadian subsidiary.
We take title to the products we sell in our refined products and natural gas segments. In order to manage our exposure to commodity price fluctuations, we use derivatives and forward contracts to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between product purchases and product sales. We do not take title to any of the products in our materials handling segment.
Our foreign sales, primarily sales of refined products and natural gas to customers in Canada, were $185.1 million, $255.5 million and $290.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Long-lived assets (exclusive of intangible and other assets, net, and goodwill) classified by geographic location were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
United States | $ | 266,469 | | | $ | 278,820 | |
Canada | 68,827 | | | 69,219 | |
Total | $ | 335,296 | | | $ | 348,039 | |
COVID-19
The global outbreak of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the U.S. Government in March 2020 and has negatively affected the U.S. and global economy, disrupted global supply chains, resulted in significant travel and transport restrictions, including mandated closures and orders to “shelter-in-place,” and created significant disruption of the financial markets.
Beginning in the quarterly period ended March 31, 2020, a wide array of sectors including but not limited to the energy, transportation, manufacturing and commercial, along with global economic conditions generally, have been significantly disrupted by the pandemic. A growing number of the Partnership’s customers in these industries have experienced substantial reductions in their operations due to travel restrictions as well as the extended shutdown of various businesses in affected regions. Furthermore, government measures have also led to a precipitous decline in fuel prices in response to concerns about demand for fuel.
The pandemic and associated impacts on economic activity had an adverse effect on the Partnership’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2020, specifically, the Partnership has seen a decline in demand and related sales volume as large sectors of the global economy have been adversely impacted by the crisis. In response to these developments, the Partnership took swift action to ensure the safety of employees and other stakeholders, and initiated a number of initiatives relating to cost reduction, liquidity and operating efficiencies.
The Partnership makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts on these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the financial statements. The Partnership assessed accounting estimates that require consideration of forecasted financial information, including, but not limited to, the allowance for credit losses, the carrying value of goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets. This assessment was conducted in the context of information reasonably available to the Partnership, as well as consideration of the future potential impacts of COVID-19 on the Partnership’s business as of December 31, 2020. At this time, the Partnership is unable to predict with specificity the ultimate impact of the crisis, as it will depend on the magnitude, severity and duration of the pandemic, as well as how quickly, and to what extent, normal economic and operating conditions resume on a sustainable basis globally. Accordingly, if the impact is more severe or longer in duration than the Partnership has assumed, such impact could potentially result in impairments and increases in credit allowances.
IDR Reset Election
On February 11, 2021, Sprague Holdings provided notice to Partnership that Sprague Holdings had made an IDR Reset Election, as defined in our partnership agreement. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will relinquish the
right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the minimum quarterly and target cash distribution levels set at the time of the Partnership’s initial public offering and the Partnership will issue 3,107,248 common units to Sprague Holdings. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be increased from $0.4125 per common unit per quarter to $0.6675 per common unit per quarter and the levels at which the incentive distribution rights participate in distributions will be reset at higher amounts based on current common unit distribution rates and a formula in our partnership agreement. The IDR Reset Election is expected to be consummated on March 5, 2021. Upon consummation of the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will own 16,058,484 common units, representing 61.6% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership.
On March 1, 2021, the General Partner, entered into Amendment No. 3 (“Amendment No. 3”) to our partnership agreement. Amendment No. 3 provides for certain adjustments to the carrying value of Partnership property in connection with an issuance of common units in connection with an IDR Reset Election. A copy of Amendment No. 3 is filed as an exhibit to this annual report and is incorporated by reference herein.
How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations
Our management uses a variety of financial and operational measurements to analyze our performance. These measurements include: (1) adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin, (2) operating expenses, (3) selling, general and administrative (or SG&A) expenses and (4) heating degree days.
EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin used in this Annual Report are non-GAAP financial measures. We also present maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures, additional non-GAAP financial measures, as described in "Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures" of this Annual Report.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
Management believes that adjusted EBITDA is an aid in assessing repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility and the ability of our assets to generate sufficient revenue, that when rendered to cash, will be available to pay interest on our indebtedness and make distributions to our unitholders.
We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for the change in unrealized hedging gains (losses) with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts, adjusted for changes in the fair value of contingent consideration, adjusted for the impact of acquisition related expenses, extraordinary gains, and adjusted for the impact of biofuel excise tax credits resulting from retroactive tax legislation changes that occurred in 2018.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are used as supplemental financial measures by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, trade suppliers, research analysts and commercial banks to assess:
•The financial performance of our assets, operations and return on capital without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
•The ability of our assets to generate sufficient revenue, that when rendered to cash, will be available to pay interest on our indebtedness and make distributions to our equity holders;
•Repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility; and
•The viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss) or operating income (loss), or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income (loss) and operating income (loss).
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or cash provided by (used in) operating activities, or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP and have important limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income (loss) and are defined differently by different
companies, our definitions of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
We recognize that the usefulness of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as evaluative tools may have certain limitations, including:
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include interest expense. Because we have borrowed money in order to finance our operations, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and impacts our ability to generate profits and cash flows. Therefore, any measure that excludes interest expense may have material limitations;
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include depreciation and amortization expense. Because capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits, any measure that excludes depreciation and amortization expense may have material limitations;
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include provision for income taxes. Because the payment of income taxes is a necessary element of our costs, any measure that excludes income tax expense may have material limitations;
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; and
•EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not allow us to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income or loss.
Adjusted Gross Margin
Management purchases, stores and sells energy commodities that experience market value fluctuations. To manage the Partnership’s underlying performance, including its physical and derivative positions, management utilizes adjusted gross margin. In determining adjusted gross margin, management adjusts its segment results for the impact of unrealized gains and losses with regard to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts, which are not marked to market for the purpose of recording unrealized gains or losses in net income (loss). Adjusted gross margin is also used by external users of our consolidated financial statements to assess our economic results of operations and our commodity market value reporting to lenders.
We define adjusted gross margin as net sales less cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) adjusted for the impact of unrealized gains and losses with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts, which are not marked to market for the purpose of recording unrealized gains or losses in net income. Adjusted gross margin has no impact on reported volumes or net sales.
Adjusted gross margin is used as a supplemental financial measure by management to describe our operations and economic performance to investors, trade suppliers, research analysts and commercial banks to assess:
•The economic results of our operations;
•The market value of our inventory and natural gas transportation contracts for financial reporting to our lenders, as well as for borrowing base purposes; and
•Repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility.
Adjusted gross margin is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP.
We define adjusted unit gross margin as adjusted gross margin divided by units sold, as expressed in gallons for refined products, and in MMBtus for natural gas.
For a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP measures most directly comparable, see the reconciliation tables included in Results of Operations. See Segment Reporting included under Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a presentation of our financial results by reportable segment.
Management evaluates our segment performance based on adjusted gross margin. Based on the way we manage our business, it is not reasonably possible for us to allocate the components of operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization among the operating segments.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses are costs associated with the operation of the terminals and truck fleet used in our business. Employee wages, pension and 401(k) plan expenses, boiler fuel, repairs and maintenance, utilities, insurance, property taxes, services and lease payments comprise the most significant portions of our operating expenses. Employee wages and related employee expenses included in our operating expenses are incurred on our behalf by our General Partner and reimbursed by us. These expenses remain relatively stable independent of the volumes through our system but can fluctuate depending on the activities performed during a specific period.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") include employee salaries and benefits, discretionary bonus, marketing costs, corporate overhead, professional fees, information technology and office space expenses. Employee wages, related employee expenses and certain rental costs included in our SG&A expenses are incurred on our behalf by our General Partner and reimbursed by us.
Heating Degree Days
A “degree day” is an industry measurement of temperature designed to evaluate energy demand and consumption. Degree days are based on how much the average temperature departs from a human comfort level of 65°F. Each degree of temperature above 65°F is counted as one cooling degree day, and each degree of temperature below 65°F is counted as one heating degree day. Degree days are accumulated over the course of a year and can be compared to a monthly or a long-term average ("normal") to see if a month or a year was warmer or cooler than usual. Degree days are officially observed by the National Weather Service and archived by the National Climate Data Center. In order to incorporate more recent average information and to better reflect the geographic locations of our customer base, we report degree day information for Boston and New York City (weighted equally) with a historical average for the same geographic locations over the previous ten-year period.
Hedging Activities
We hedge our inventory within the guidelines set in our risk management policies. In a rising commodity price environment, the market value of our inventory will generally be higher than the cost of our inventory. For GAAP purposes, we are required to value our inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The hedges on this inventory will lose value as the value of the underlying commodity rises, creating hedging losses. Because we do not utilize hedge accounting, GAAP requires us to record those hedging losses in our income statements. In contrast, in a declining commodity price market we generally incur hedging gains. GAAP requires us to record those hedging gains in our income statements.
The refined products inventory market valuation is calculated using daily independent bulk market price assessments from major pricing services (either Platts or Argus). These third-party price assessments are primarily based in large, liquid trading hubs including but not limited to, New York Harbor (NYH) or US Gulf Coast (USGC), with our inventory values determined after adjusting these prices to the various inventory locations by adding expected cost differentials (primarily freight) compared to one of these supply sources. Our natural gas inventory is limited, with the valuation updated monthly based on the volume and prices at the corresponding inventory locations. The prices are based on the most applicable monthly Inside FERC, or IFERC, assessments published by Platts near the beginning of the following month.
Similarly, we can hedge our natural gas transportation assets (i.e., pipeline capacity) within the guidelines set in our risk management policy. Although we do not own any natural gas pipelines, we secure the use of pipeline capacity to support our natural gas requirements by either leasing capacity over a pipeline for a defined time period or by being assigned capacity from a local distribution company for supplying our customers. As the spread between the price of gas between the origin and delivery point widens (assuming the value exceeds the fixed charge of the transportation), the market value of the natural gas transportation contracts assets will typically increase. If the market value of the transportation asset exceeds costs, we may seek to hedge or “lock in” the value of the transportation asset for future periods using available financial instruments. For GAAP purposes, the increase in value of the natural gas transportation assets is not recorded as income in the income statements until the transportation is utilized in the future (i.e., when natural gas is delivered to our customer). If the value of the natural gas transportation assets increase, the hedges on the natural gas transportation assets lose value, creating hedging losses in our income statements. The natural gas transportation assets market value is calculated daily based on the volume and prices at the corresponding pipeline locations. The daily prices are based on trader assessed quotes which represent observable transactions in the market place, with the end-month valuations primarily based on Platts prices where available or adding a location differential to the price assessment of a more liquid location.
As described above, pursuant to GAAP, we value our commodity derivative hedges at the end of each reporting period based on current commodity prices and record hedging gains or losses, as appropriate. Also as described above, and pursuant to
GAAP, our refined products and natural gas inventory and natural gas transportation contract rights, to which the commodity derivative hedges relate, are not marked to market for the purpose of recording gains or losses. In measuring our operating performance, we rely on our GAAP financial results, but we also find it useful to adjust those numbers to reflect the unrealized gains and losses with regard to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts. By making such adjustments, as reflected in adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA, we believe that we are able to align more closely hedging gains and losses to the period in which the revenue from the sale of inventory and income from transportation contracts relating to those hedges is realized.
Trends and Factors that Impact our Business
This section identifies certain factors and industry-wide trends that may affect our financial performance and results of operations.
•New, stricter environmental laws and regulations are increasing the compliance cost of terminal operations, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our operations are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regulating product quality specifications, emissions in the air, discharges to land and water, and the generation, handling, treatment, and disposal of hazardous waste and other materials. The trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. Compliance with laws and regulations may increase our overall cost of business, including our capital cost to maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.
•Seasonality and weather conditions. Our financial results are impacted by seasonality in our businesses and are generally better during the winter months, primarily because a material part of our business consists of supplying heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas for space heating purposes during the winter. For example, over the 36-month period ended December 31, 2020, we generated an average of 77% of our total heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March in the Northeast United States. In addition, weather conditions, particularly during these five months, have a significant impact on the demand for our products. Warmer-than-normal temperatures during these months in our areas of operations can decrease the total volume of heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas we sell and the adjusted gross margins realized on those sales, whereas colder-than-normal temperatures increase demand for those products and the associated adjusted gross margins.
•Evolution of the shale gas industry in the Marcellus and Utica formations, among other U.S. regions, can have volatile effects on our financial results. Increased natural gas production can alter the supply and demand balance, price curves, and margin expectations of the Northeastern markets that we serve both in the near and over the long term. The amount of drilling and fracking operations can ebb and flow within these areas. In addition, technology-driven changes such as automated fueling or the use of electric fleets can impact the fuel and manual support required at these operations. Consequently, we may experience variability in the revenue we receive from this business segment. We can also see variability in the commercial segment such as in the construction industry, at times related to the increase or decrease in fracking and natural gas production, leading to further volatility.
•Absolute price increase or decreases can impact demand and credit risk. Commodity prices in both our refined products and natural gas segments can vary sharply due to market conditions. As commodity product prices rise, we can experience reduced demand as customers engage in conservation efforts, are exposed to a higher level of credit risk to meet customer requirements, and incur increased working capital costs for holding inventory and accounts receivable. In a lower commodity price environment our customers are generally less prone to engage in conservation efforts, we experience lower credit risk, and working capital costs to hold inventory and finance accounts receivable.
•The impact of the market structure on our hedging strategy. We typically hedge our exposure to commodity price moves with NYMEX futures contracts and "over the counter" or "OTC" swaps. In markets where futures prices are higher than spot prices (typically referred to as contango), we generate positive margins when rolling our inventory hedges to successive months. In markets where futures prices are lower than spot prices (typically referred to as backwardation), we realize losses when rolling our inventory hedges to successive months. In backwardated markets, we operate with lower inventory levels and, as a result, have reduced hedging and financing requirements, thereby limiting losses.
•Energy efficiency, new technology and alternative fuels could reduce demand for our products. Increased conservation and technological advances have adversely affected the demand for heating oil and residual fuel oil. Consumption of residual fuel oil, in particular, has steadily declined in recent years, primarily due to customers converting from other fuels to natural gas, weak industrial demand and tightening of environmental regulations.
Use of natural gas is expected to continue to displace other fuels, which we believe will favorably impact our natural gas volumes and margins.
•Interest rates could rise. Interest rates could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. During the 24 months ended December 31, 2020, we hedged approximately 47% of our floating-rate debt with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps. Although higher interest rates could limit our ability to raise funds in the debt capital markets, we expect to remain competitive with respect to acquisitions and capital projects, as our competitors would face similar circumstances. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank related yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our common units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price and our ability to issue additional equity to make acquisitions, reduce debt or for other purposes.
Results of Operations
Overview
Our current and future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations. Our results of operations may be impacted by, among other things, swings in commodity prices, primarily in refined products and natural gas, and acquisitions or dispositions. We use economic hedges to minimize the impact of changing prices on refined products and natural gas inventory. As a result, commodity price increases at the end of a year can create lower gross margins as the economic hedges, or derivatives, for such inventory may lose value, whereas an increase in the value of such inventory is disregarded for GAAP financial reporting purposes and recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Please read “How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations.”
The following tables set forth information regarding our results of operations for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | $ | | % |
| ($ in thousands) |
Net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | (1,166,427) | | | (33) | % |
Cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) | 2,071,805 | | | 3,228,003 | | | (1,156,198) | | | (36) | % |
Operating expenses | 77,070 | | | 84,924 | | | (7,854) | | | (9) | % |
Selling, general and administrative | 81,514 | | | 78,135 | | | 3,379 | | | 4 | % |
Depreciation and amortization | 34,066 | | | 34,015 | | | 51 | | | — | % |
Total operating costs and expenses | 2,264,455 | | | 3,425,077 | | | (1,160,622) | | | (34) | % |
Other operating income | 8,094 | | | — | | | 8,094 | | | N/A |
Operating income | 79,622 | | | 77,333 | | | 2,289 | | | 3 | % |
Other income (expense) | 1,948 | | | (378) | | | 2,326 | | | (615) | % |
Interest income | 299 | | | 555 | | | (256) | | | (46) | % |
Interest expense | (40,669) | | | (42,944) | | | 2,275 | | | (5) | % |
Income before income taxes | $ | 41,200 | | | $ | 34,566 | | | $ | 6,634 | | | 19 | % |
Income tax provision | (7,389) | | | (3,310) | | | (4,079) | | | 123 | % |
Net income | $ | 33,811 | | | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 2,555 | | | 8 | % |
| | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2019 | | 2018 | | $ | | % |
| ($ in thousands) |
Net sales | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | | | $ | (268,723) | | | (7) | % |
Cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) | 3,228,003 | | | 3,445,385 | | | (217,382) | | | (6) | % |
Operating expenses | 84,924 | | | 88,659 | | | (3,735) | | | (4) | % |
Selling, general and administrative | 78,135 | | | 80,799 | | | (2,664) | | | (3) | % |
Depreciation and amortization | 34,015 | | | 33,378 | | | 637 | | | 2 | % |
Total operating costs and expenses | 3,425,077 | | | 3,648,221 | | | (223,144) | | | (6) | % |
Operating income | 77,333 | | | 122,912 | | | (45,579) | | | (37) | % |
Other (expense) income | (378) | | | 293 | | | (671) | | | (229) | % |
Interest income | 555 | | | 577 | | | (22) | | | (4) | % |
Interest expense | (42,944) | | | (38,931) | | | (4,013) | | | 10 | % |
Income before income taxes | $ | 34,566 | | | $ | 84,851 | | | $ | (50,285) | | | (59) | % |
Income tax provision | (3,310) | | | (5,032) | | | 1,722 | | | (34) | % |
Net income | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 79,819 | | | $ | (48,563) | | | (61) | % |
Reconciliation to Adjusted Gross Margin, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our consolidated operating income to our total adjusted gross margin, a non-GAAP measure, for the periods presented and a reconciliation of our consolidated net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP measures, for the periods presented. See above "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA" of this report. The table below also presents information on weather conditions for the periods presented. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
| ($ in thousands) |
Reconciliation of Operating Income to Adjusted Gross Margin: | | | | |
Operating income | $ | 79,622 | | | $ | 77,333 | | | $ | 122,912 | |
Operating costs and expenses not allocated to operating segments: | | | | |
Operating expenses | 77,070 | | | 84,924 | | | 88,659 | |
Selling, general and administrative | 81,514 | | | 78,135 | | | 80,799 | |
Depreciation and amortization | 34,066 | | | 34,015 | | | 33,378 | |
Other operating income (5) | (8,094) | | | — | | | — | |
Add/(deduct): | | | | | |
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on inventory (1) | 20,148 | | | 12,814 | | | (32,960) | |
| | | | | |
Change in unrealized value on natural gas transportation contracts (2) | (9,565) | | | (19,289) | | | (19,114) | |
Total adjusted gross margin (3): | $ | 274,761 | | | $ | 267,932 | | | $ | 273,674 | |
Adjusted Gross Margin by Segment: | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 171,626 | | | $ | 150,124 | | | $ | 150,965 | |
Natural gas | 40,741 | | | 54,288 | | | 57,875 | |
Materials handling | 56,185 | | | 56,616 | | | 57,515 | |
Other operations | 6,209 | | | 6,904 | | | 7,319 | |
Total adjusted gross margin | $ | 274,761 | | | $ | 267,932 | | | $ | 273,674 | |
Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA | | | | | |
Net income | $ | 33,811 | | | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 79,819 | |
Add: | | | | | |
Interest expense, net | 40,370 | | | 42,389 | | | 38,354 | |
Tax provision | 7,389 | | | 3,310 | | | 5,032 | |
Depreciation and amortization | 34,066 | | | 34,015 | | | 33,378 | |
EBITDA (4): | $ | 115,636 | | | $ | 110,970 | | | $ | 156,583 | |
Add/(deduct): | | | | | |
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on inventory (1) | 20,148 | | | 12,814 | | | (32,960) | |
| | | | | |
Change in unrealized value on natural gas transportation contracts (2) | (9,565) | | | (19,289) | | | (19,114) | |
Biofuel tax credit (4) | — | | | — | | | (4,022) | |
Gain on sale of fixed assets not in the ordinary course of business including gain on insurance recoveries (5) | (8,094) | | | — | | | — | |
Asset impairments (6) | (1,947) | | | — | | | — | |
Acquisition related expenses (7) | 1 | | | 14 | | | 747 | |
Other adjustments (8) | 564 | | | 1,042 | | | 771 | |
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 116,743 | | | $ | 105,551 | | | $ | 102,005 | |
Other Data: | | | | | |
Ten Year Average Heating Degree Days (9) | 4,870 | | | 4,906 | | | 4,907 | |
Heating Degree Days (9) | 4,546 | | | 4,862 | | | 5,020 | |
Variance from average heating degree days | (7) | % | | (1) | % | | 2 | % |
Variance from prior period heating degree days | (6) | % | | (3) | % | | 4 | % |
(1)Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The adjustment related to change in unrealized gain on inventory which is not included in net income (loss), represents the estimated difference between inventory valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value as compared to market values. The fair value of the derivatives we use to economically hedge our inventory declines or appreciates in value as the value of the underlying inventory appreciates or declines, which creates unrealized hedging losses (gains) with respect to the derivatives that are included in net income (loss).
(2)Represents our estimate of the change in fair value of the natural gas transportation contracts which are not recorded in net income (loss) until the transportation is utilized in the future (i.e., when natural gas is delivered to the customer), as these contracts are executory contracts that do not qualify as derivatives. As the fair value of the natural gas transportation contracts decline or appreciate, the offsetting physical or financial derivative will also appreciate or decline creating unmatched unrealized hedging losses (gains) in net income (loss).
(3)For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin, see “How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations.”
(4)On December 20, 2019, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our biofuel blending activities retroactive to the beginning of 2018 and through 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded excise tax credits of approximately $4.4 million that related to blending activities that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2018. We record the credit in the period the legislation was enacted as a reduction of cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) resulting in an increase in adjusted gross margin. We did not show an adjustment to our adjusted EBITDA related to this reinstatement as the timing was such that the 2018 Annual Report was filed prior to the legislative action.
(5)On December 23, 2020, we sold the Mt. Vernon terminal to an unaffiliated buyer. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net gain on the sale of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included within other operating income in the consolidated statements of income. Pursuant to a post-closing escrow and access agreement, we have deposited $1.2 million in an escrow account to secure our fulfillment of various environmental remediation regulatory requirements.
(6)On November 1, 2019, a fire occurred at the Kildair Tracy Terminal which impacted certain buildings and equipment at the facility. The resulting damage was covered by insurance coverage in place at the time of the incident, net of applicable deductibles. In connection with the insurance reimbursement for the asset losses from the fire, the Partnership recorded $1.9 million in gains on involuntary nonmonetary asset conversions for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing the insurance proceeds in excess of the remaining book value of impacted property, plant and equipment. This gain was included within other income in the consolidated statements of income.
(7)We incur expenses in connection with acquisitions and given the nature, variability of amounts, and the fact that these expenses would not have otherwise been incurred as part of our continuing operations, adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of acquisition related expenses.
(8)Represents the change in the fair value of contingent consideration related to the 2017 Coen Energy acquisition and other expense.
(9)We use heating degree day amounts as reported by the NOAA Regional Climate Center. Prior to April 1, 2018, we reported degree day information utilizing the New England oil home heating region and for comparison purposes we used historical degree day information for the New England oil home heating region over the period of 1981-2010. Commencing April 1, 2018, we report degree day information for Boston and New York City (weighted equally) with a historical average for the same locations over the previous ten-year period. We made these changes to incorporate more recent average information and to better reflect the geographic locations of our customer base. All degree day amounts in this document have been revised to conform to this presentation.
Analysis of Consolidated Operating Results
For the year ended December 31, 2020 our operating income increased $2.3 million, or 3%, to $79.6 million, as compared to $77.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our operating income includes unrealized commodity derivative gains and (losses) with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory and natural gas transportation contracts of $(10.6) million and $6.5 million, respectively, which decreased operating income for the year ended December 31, 2020 by $17.1 million. Offsetting this decrease to operating income for the year ended December 31, 2020, was higher adjusted gross margins, lower operating costs primarily due to cost reduction efforts and a net gain of $8.1 million on the sale of the Mt. Vernon terminal.
See "Analysis of Operating Segments" and "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below for additional details on changes in our operating results.
Analysis of Operating Segments
The following tables set forth information regarding our results of operating segments for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | $ | | % |
| ($ and volumes in thousands, except adjusted unit gross margin) |
Volumes: | | | | | | | |
Refined products (gallons) | 1,364,474 | | | 1,530,356 | | | (165,882) | | | (11) | % |
Natural gas (MMBtus) | 55,746 | | | 62,266 | | | (6,520) | | | (10) | % |
Materials handling (short tons) | 2,316 | | | 2,496 | | | (180) | | | (7) | % |
Materials handling (gallons) | 410,754 | | | 480,659 | | | (69,905) | | | (15) | % |
Net Sales: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 1,998,197 | | | $ | 3,112,924 | | | $ | (1,114,727) | | | (36) | % |
Natural gas | 261,358 | | | 307,952 | | | (46,594) | | | (15) | % |
Materials handling | 56,347 | | | 56,655 | | | (308) | | | (1) | % |
Other operations | 20,081 | | | 24,879 | | | (4,798) | | | (19) | % |
Total net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | (1,166,427) | | | (33) | % |
Adjusted Gross Margin: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 171,626 | | | $ | 150,124 | | | $ | 21,502 | | | 14 | % |
Natural gas | 40,741 | | | 54,288 | | | (13,547) | | | (25) | % |
Materials handling | 56,185 | | | 56,616 | | | (431) | | | (1) | % |
Other operations | 6,209 | | | 6,904 | | | (695) | | | (10) | % |
Total adjusted gross margin | $ | 274,761 | | | $ | 267,932 | | | $ | 6,829 | | | 3 | % |
Adjusted Unit Gross Margin: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 0.126 | | | $ | 0.098 | | | $ | 0.028 | | | 29 | % |
Natural gas | $ | 0.731 | | | $ | 0.872 | | | $ | (0.141) | | | (16) | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2019 | | 2018 | | $ | | % |
| ($ and volumes in thousands, except adjusted unit gross margin) |
Volumes: | | | | | | | |
Refined products (gallons) | 1,530,356 | | | 1,580,838 | | | (50,482) | | | (3) | % |
Natural gas (MMBtus) | 62,266 | | | 60,385 | | | 1,881 | | | 3 | % |
Materials handling (short tons) | 2,496 | | | 2,627 | | | (131) | | | (5) | % |
Materials handling (gallons) | 480,659 | | | 488,972 | | | (8,313) | | | (2) | % |
Net Sales: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 3,112,924 | | | $ | 3,357,769 | | | $ | (244,845) | | | (7) | % |
Natural gas | 307,952 | | | 332,038 | | | (24,086) | | | (7) | % |
Materials handling | 56,655 | | | 57,509 | | | (854) | | | (1) | % |
Other operations | 24,879 | | | 23,817 | | | 1,062 | | | 4 | % |
Total net sales | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | | | $ | (268,723) | | | (7) | % |
Adjusted Gross Margin: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 150,124 | | | $ | 150,965 | | | $ | (841) | | | (1) | % |
Natural gas | 54,288 | | | 57,875 | | | (3,587) | | | (6) | % |
Materials handling | 56,616 | | | 57,515 | | | (899) | | | (2) | % |
Other operations | 6,904 | | | 7,319 | | | (415) | | | (6) | % |
Total adjusted gross margin | $ | 267,932 | | | $ | 273,674 | | | $ | (5,742) | | | (2) | % |
Adjusted Unit Gross Margin: | | | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 0.098 | | | $ | 0.095 | | | $ | 0.003 | | | 3 | % |
Natural gas | $ | 0.872 | | | $ | 0.958 | | | $ | (0.086) | | | (9) | % |
Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
Refined Products
Refined products net sales decreased $1.1 billion, or 36% as compared to 2019 due to a combination of a 28% decrease in the average sales price and a 11% reduction in product volume. The reduction in average sales price reflects the substantially lower market price environment in 2020 compared to last year, with the key factors being surplus supply in the early part of the year driven by the key global producers and lower demand due to the impact of the pandemic. The decline in volume was primarily due to a reduction in distillates, with a decrease in heavy oil also a contributor. The lower distillate volumes were due primarily to a combination of less supportive winter weather affecting heating oil demand and a reduction in diesel fuel requirements driven by the COVID-19 slowdown. The decreased heavy oil volumes was a combination of lower demand with the milder winter weather limiting the number of natural gas interruptions and the pandemic-driven economic slowdown affecting industrial and marine bunker requirements. Gasoline volumes increased, with sales to new customers more than offsetting weaker overall market demand.
Refined products adjusted gross margin in 2020 increased $21.5 million or 14% as compared to 2019, as the 29% increase in adjusted unit gross margins more than offset the lower volumes. The key factor leading to the improvement in adjusted unit gross margin was the improved market structure to purchase, store and hedge oil inventory that ensued in the spring in conjunction with the surplus supply and weakened demand environment. Another significant factor in the improved results was higher adjusted unit gross margins on sales in our Canadian operations.
Natural Gas
Natural gas net sales in 2020 declined by $46.6 million, or 15%, compared to 2019, driven by a 10% decrease in volume as well as a 5% reduction in average sales price in the lower natural gas price environment. The volume decrease was primarily a result of the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.
Natural gas adjusted gross margin in 2020 decreased $13.5 million, or 25%, primarily as a result of a 16% reduction in average adjusted unit gross margin, with the volume decline also a contributor. The lower unit margins were due principally to a combination of increased competitive intensity in the reduced demand, well-supplied markets and fewer optimization opportunities for pipeline capacity.
Materials Handling
Materials handling net sales and adjusted gross margin decreased by $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, or 1% for each, compared to the same period last year. The decrease was driven by a reduction at Kildair, as the decline due to the expiration of the crude handling contract at the end of May 2019 was more than the gains from additional activity with other customers. Revenues and margins in Sprague’s U.S. operations were up modestly as handling gains from windmill components due to Sprague’s first land-based wind project since 2017, were significantly offset by reduced activity in support of the paper industry, partly due to our exit from newsprint handling.
Other Operations
Net sales from other operations decreased by $4.8 million, or 19%, with a reduction in adjusted gross margin of $0.7 million, or 10%. The decline in adjusted gross margin was a result of a decrease in coal, primarily due to an adjustment following a physical inventory reconciliation.
Operating Costs and Expenses
The following tables set forth information regarding our results of operating costs and expenses for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | $ | | % |
| ($ in thousands) | | |
Operating expenses | $ | 77,070 | | | $ | 84,924 | | | $ | (7,854) | | | (9) | % |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | $ | 81,514 | | | $ | 78,135 | | | $ | 3,379 | | | 4 | % |
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 34,066 | | | $ | 34,015 | | | $ | 51 | | | — | % |
| | | | | | | |
Interest expense, net | $ | 40,370 | | | $ | 42,389 | | | $ | (2,019) | | | (5) | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, | | Increase/(Decrease) |
| 2019 | | 2018 | | $ | | % |
| ($ in thousands) | | |
Operating expenses | $ | 84,924 | | | $ | 88,659 | | | $ | (3,735) | | | (4) | % |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | $ | 78,135 | | | $ | 80,799 | | | $ | (2,664) | | | (3) | % |
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 34,015 | | | $ | 33,378 | | | $ | 637 | | | 2 | % |
Interest expense, net | $ | 42,389 | | | $ | 38,354 | | | $ | 4,035 | | | 11 | % |
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses decreased $7.9 million, or 9%, compared to the same period last year, primarily reflecting a decrease of $4.7 million of employee-related expenses, $1.3 million in utilities and boiler fuel, $1.2 million of COVID-19 related expense reductions, and a $0.9 million decrease in repairs and maintenance expense.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million, or 4%, led by $7.2 million increase in incentive compensation. The increase was partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in corporate overhead items related to the impact of COVID-19, a $0.8 million reduction in our accretion expense, and a $0.8 million decrease in employee related expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.1 million, or 0%, as no significant changes occurred during the year.
Interest Expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased $2.0 million, or 5%, compared to the same period last year primarily due to decreased net borrowing rates.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
Our primary liquidity needs are to fund our working capital requirements, operating expenses, capital expenditures and quarterly distributions. Cash generated from operations, our borrowing capacity under our Credit Agreement (as defined below) and potential future issuances of additional partnership interests or debt securities are our primary sources of liquidity. At December 31, 2020, our working capital was $(8.9) million.
As of December 31, 2020, the undrawn borrowing capacity under the working capital facilities of our Credit Agreement was $104.0 million and the undrawn borrowing capacity under the acquisition facility was $32.2 million. We enter our seasonal peak period during the fourth quarter of each year, during which inventory, accounts receivable and debt levels increase. As we move out of the winter season at the end of the first quarter of the following year, typically inventory is reduced, accounts receivable are collected and converted into cash and debt is paid down. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the amount drawn under the working capital facilities of our Credit Agreement fluctuated from a high of $452.9 million to a low of $205.8 million.
We believe that we have sufficient liquid assets, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our Credit Agreement to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures. However, we are subject to business and operational risks that could adversely affect our cash flow. A material decrease in our cash flow would likely have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our financial commitments and debt service obligations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Capital Expenditures
Our terminals require investments to maintain, expand, upgrade or enhance existing assets and to comply with environmental and operational regulations. Our capital requirements primarily consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures. We define maintenance capital expenditures as capital expenditures made to replace assets, or to maintain the long-term operating capacity of our assets or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability, terminal integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations. Costs for repairs and minor renewals to maintain facilities in operating condition and that do not extend the useful life of existing assets will be treated as maintenance expenses as we incur them. We define expansion capital expenditures as capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our assets or our operating income whether through construction or acquisition of additional assets. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the development or acquisition of additional storage capacity, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our operating capacity or our operating income.
The following table summarizes expansion and maintenance capital expenditures for the periods indicated. This information excludes property, plant and equipment acquired in business combinations.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Capital Expenditures |
| Expansion | | Maintenance | | Total |
| ($ in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | | | | | |
2020(1) | $ | 3,810 | | | $ | 6,193 | | | $ | 10,003 | |
2019 | $ | 6,474 | | | $ | 7,818 | | | $ | 14,292 | |
2018 (2) | $ | 6,825 | | | $ | 9,577 | | | $ | 16,402 | |
(1)Excludes approximately $2.1 million for building and equipment expenditures related to replacement of assets at Kildair Tracy Terminal due to property, plant and equipment losses from the November 1, 2019 fire.
(2)Excludes approximately $0.8 million of land acquired in 2018 in connection with the 2017 Coen Energy acquisition.
We anticipate that future maintenance capital expenditures will be funded with cash generated by operations and that future expansion capital requirements will be provided through long-term borrowings or other debt financings and/or equity offerings.
Contractual Obligations
We have contractual obligations that are required to be settled in cash. The amounts of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2020 were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| Payments due by period |
| Total | | Less than 1 year | | 1-3 years | | 4-5 years | | More than 5 years |
| (in thousands) |
Operating lease obligations (1) | $ | 13,426 | | | $ | 6,985 | | | $ | 5,082 | | | $ | 1,072 | | | $ | 287 | |
Finance lease obligations (including interest) | 17,916 | | | 3,862 | | | 6,482 | | | 3,376 | | | 4,196 | |
Credit facilities (including interest) (2) | 767,279 | | | 381,874 | | | 385,405 | | | — | | | — | |
Product purchases (3) | 147,163 | | | 141,107 | | | 6,056 | | | — | | | — | |
Transportation and storage (4) | 45,178 | | | 26,144 | | | 18,561 | | | 473 | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Deferred consideration (5) | 24,181 | | | 3,818 | | | 7,636 | | | 7,636 | | | 5,091 | |
Total | $ | 1,015,143 | | | $ | 563,790 | | | $ | 429,222 | | | $ | 12,557 | | | $ | 9,574 | |
(1)We have leases for a refined products terminal, refined products storage, maritime charters, office and plant facilities that are accounted for as operating leases.
(2)Amounts include principal and interest on our working capital revolving credit facility and our acquisition line revolving credit facility at December 31, 2020. The Credit Agreement has a contractual maturity of May 19, 2022, and no scheduled principal payments are required prior to that date. However, we repay amounts outstanding and borrow funds based on our working capital requirements. The current portion of Credit Agreement represents the amounts of the working capital facility. Interest is calculated using the rates in effect as of December 31, 2020, and we assume a ratable payment of the current portion of the working capital revolving credit facility through the expiration date.
(3)Product purchases include estimated purchase commitments for refined products and natural gas. The value of these future supply commitments, if not fixed in price, will fluctuate based on prevailing market prices. The prices at which we purchase refined products and natural gas are determined by reference to published market prices prevailing at the time of purchase. The value of our product purchase commitments were computed based on contractual prices.
(4)Transportation and storage commitments include refined products throughput agreements at third-party terminals and natural gas pipeline transportation and storage agreements that have minimum usage requirements.
(5)Deferred consideration payments are related to the Carbo acquisition (see Note 14 - Other Obligations, of Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Cash Flows
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
| (in thousands) |
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 154,466 | | | $ | (65,365) | | | $ | 158,979 | |
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | $ | 514 | | | $ | (13,886) | | | $ | (16,855) | |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | $ | (156,552) | | | $ | 77,068 | | | $ | (141,315) | |
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $154.5 million and was favorably impacted by net income of $33.8 million, a decrease of $9.1 million in derivative instruments as a result of the increase in commodity prices in refined products during the year, a decrease of $88.1 million in accounts receivable driven by a combination of lower sales prices and volumes, a decrease of $37.7 million in inventories largely due to reductions in the cost of inventory purchases, as well as gain on the sale of the Mount Vernon terminal of $8.1 million included in the gain on sale of assets and insurance recoveries of $10.0 million. Cash flows from operations were negatively impacted as a result of a reduction of $52.8 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities primarily relating to the timing of invoice payments for product purchases.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $65.4 million and was favorably impacted by net income of $31.3 million, a decrease of $48.1 million in derivative instruments as a result of the increase in commodity prices in refined products during the year. Cash flows from operations were negatively impacted by an increase of
$11.9 million in accounts receivable, primarily related to higher commodity prices, an increase of $33.7 million in inventory, a decrease of $85.7 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, as well as an increase of $50.2 million in other assets due to year end timing.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.5 million and consisted primarily of $6.2 million related to maintenance capital expenditures, $3.8 million related to expansion capital expenditures across our terminal system offset by $12.7 million related to proceeds largely driven by the proceeds of approximately $10.3 million from the sale of the Mount Vernon terminal.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $13.9 million and consisted primarily of $7.8 million related to maintenance capital expenditures and $6.5 million related to expansion capital expenditures across our terminal system.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $156.6 million, and primarily resulted from $70.6 million of net payments under our Credit Agreement due to reduced financing requirements from accounts receivable levels and the reduction of inventory levels as well as distributions of $67.3 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $77.1 million, and primarily resulted from $150.4 million of net borrowings under our Credit Agreement due to increased financing requirements from higher commodity prices, year-end timing of accounts receivable levels and average higher inventory levels. These were offset by distributions to unitholders of $66.9 million.
Credit Agreement
On May 19, 2020, Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the "U.S. Borrower") and Kildair, (the "Canadian Borrower" and, together with the U.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”), wholly owned subsidiaries of the Partnership, entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), which replaced the amended and restated credit agreement, dated December 9, 2014 (the “Previous Credit Agreement”). Upon the effective date, the Credit Agreement was accounted for as a modification of a syndicated loan arrangement with partial extinguishment to the extent of the decrease in the borrowing capacity. The Credit Agreement matures on May 19, 2022. The Partnership and certain of its subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) are guarantors of the obligations under the Credit Agreement. Obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively, the “Loan Parties”).
As of December 31, 2020, the revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement contained, among other items, the following:
•A committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility of up to $465.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•An uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility of up to $200.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits and the sole discretion of the lenders, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•A multicurrency revolving working capital facility of up to $85.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•A revolving acquisition facility of up to $430.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for loans and letters of credit to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and
•Subject to certain conditions, including the receipt of additional commitments from lenders, the ability to increase the U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility to up to $1.2 billion and the multicurrency revolving working capital facility to up to $320.0 million, subject to a maximum combined increase in commitments for both facilities of $470.0 million in the aggregate. Additionally, subject to certain conditions, the revolving acquisition facility may be increased to up to $750.0 million.
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement bears interest, at the Borrowers' option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the Eurocurrency Rate (which is the LIBOR Rate for loans denominated in U.S. dollars and CDOR for loans denominated in Canadian dollars, in each case adjusted for certain regulatory costs, and in each case with a floor of 0.50%) for interest periods of one, two, three or six months plus a specified margin or (ii) an alternate rate plus a specified margin.
For loans denominated in U.S. dollars, the alternate rate is the Base Rate which is the highest of (a) the U.S. Prime Rate as in effect from time to time, (b) the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and the Overnight Bank Funding Rate as in effect from time to time plus 0.50% and (c) the one-month Eurocurrency Rate for U.S. dollars as in effect from time to time plus 1.00%.
For loans denominated in Canadian dollars, the alternate rate is the Prime Rate which is the higher of (a) the Canadian Prime Rate as in effect from time to time and (b) the one-month Eurocurrency Rate for U.S. dollars as in effect from time to time plus 1.00%.
The specified margins for the working capital revolving facilities vary based on the utilization of the working capital facilities as a whole, measured on a quarterly basis. On or prior to November 19, 2020, the specified margin for (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.25% to 1.75% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 2.25% to 2.75% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate, (y) the uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.00% to 1.50% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 2.00% to 2.50% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate and (z) the multicurrency revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.25% to 1.75% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 2.25% to 2.75% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate. After November 19, 2020, the specified margin for (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility will range from 0.75% to 1.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 1.75% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate, (y) the uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility will range from 0.50% to 1.00% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 1.50% to 2.00% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate and (z) the multicurrency revolving working capital facility will range from 0.75% to 1.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 1.75% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate.
The specified margin for the revolving acquisition facility varies based on the consolidated total leverage of the Loan Parties. The specified margin for the revolving acquisition facility will range from 1.25% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 2.25% to 3.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate.
In addition, the Borrowers will incur a commitment fee on the unused portion of (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility and multicurrency revolving working capital facility ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum and (y) the revolving acquisition facility at a rate ranging from 0.35% to 0.50% per annum. Overdue amounts bear interest at the applicable rates described above plus an additional margin of 2%.
The Credit Agreement contains various covenants and restrictive provisions that, among other things, prohibit the Partnership from making distributions to unitholders if any event of default occurs or would result from the distribution or if the Loan Parties would not be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after giving effect to the distribution. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains various covenants that are usual and customary for a financing of this type, size and purpose, including, but not limited to, covenants that require the Loan Parties to maintain: a minimum consolidated EBITDA-to fixed-charge ratio, a minimum consolidated net working capital amount and a maximum consolidated total leverage-to-EBITDA ratio. The Credit Agreement also limits the Loan Parties ability to incur debt, grant liens, make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into affiliate transactions and dispose of assets. The Partnership was in compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020.
The Credit Agreement also contains events of default that are usual and customary for a financing of this type, size and purpose including, among others, non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of certain covenants, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross-payment default and cross-acceleration, material judgments and events constituting a change of control. If an event of default exists under the Credit Agreement, the lenders will be able to terminate the lending commitments, accelerate the maturity of the Credit Agreement and exercise other rights and remedies with respect to the collateral.
Impact of Inflation
Inflation in the United States and Canada has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Foreign Currency
Our most significant foreign operations are conducted by Kildair, our Canadian subsidiary. The functional currency of Kildair is the U.S. Dollar.
Kildair converts receivables and payables denominated in other than their functional currency at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Kildair utilizes forward currency contracts to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations of certain of its transactions that are denominated in Canadian dollars. These forward currency exchange contracts are recorded at fair value at the balance sheet date and changes in fair value are recognized in net income (loss) as these forward currency contracts have not been designated as hedges. Transaction exchange gains or losses net of the impact of the forward currency exchange contracts, except for certain transaction gains or losses related to intercompany receivable and payables, are recorded in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).
Transaction gains and losses related to intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of net income (loss) and are recorded as a translation adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a component of unitholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2020, all intercompany receivables or payables are anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future and therefore, no amounts are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Use of Estimates
The Partnership’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the Partnership to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and reported net sales and expenses in the income statement. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Among the estimates made by the Partnership are assets and liabilities valuations as part of an acquisition, the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities, valuation of the reporting units within the goodwill quantitative impairment assessment, and if necessary long-lived asset impairments and environmental and legal obligations.
These estimates are based on our knowledge and understanding of current conditions and actions that we may take in the future. Changes in these estimates will occur as a result of the passage of time and the occurrence of future events. Subsequent changes in these estimates may have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations and are recorded in the period in which they become known. We have identified the following estimates that, in our opinion, are subjective in nature, require the exercise of judgment and involve complex analysis:
Derivatives
As a matter of policy, refined products and natural gas businesses utilize futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives in an effort to minimize the impact of commodity price fluctuations. On a selective basis and within our risk management policy’s guidelines, we utilize futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives to generate profits from changes in market prices.
We record all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. We recognize changes in the fair value of our commodity derivative instruments currently in earnings as cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).
We do not offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against fair value amounts, including amounts that approximate fair value, recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.
We also use interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our floating rate debt to fixed rates. These interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and the changes in fair value of the swaps are included as a component of comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, respectively.
Our derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income (loss) or other comprehensive income (loss) each period, as appropriate. Fair value measurements are determined using the market approach and include non-performance risk and time value of money considerations. Counterparty credit is considered for receivable balances, and our credit is considered for payable balances.
We determine fair value based on a hierarchy for the inputs used to measure the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the source of the input, which generally range from quoted prices for identical instruments in a principal trading market (Level 1) to estimates determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Multiple inputs may be used to measure fair value; however, the level of fair value is based on the lowest significant input level within this fair value hierarchy.
Details on the methods and assumptions used to determine the fair values are as follows:
Fair value measurements based on Level 1 inputs: Measurements that are most observable and are based on quoted prices of identical instruments obtained from the principal markets in which they are traded. Closing prices are both readily available and representative of fair value. Market transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to assure liquidity.
Fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs: Measurements derived indirectly from observable inputs or from quoted prices from markets that are less liquid are considered Level 2. Measurements based on Level 2 inputs include over-the-counter ("OTC") derivative instruments that are priced on an exchange traded curve, but have contractual terms that are not identical to exchange traded contracts. We utilize fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs for our fixed forward contracts, over-the-counter commodity price swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts.
Fair value measurements based on Level 3 inputs: Measurements that are least observable are estimated from significant unobservable inputs determined from sources with little or no market activity for comparable contracts or for positions with longer durations.
Goodwill
Goodwill is defined as the excess of cost over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. We test goodwill at the reporting unit level annually as of October 31 or on an as needed basis, for indicators of impairment at each reporting unit that has recorded goodwill. In performing the test, we either use a qualitative assessment or a single step quantitative approach. Under the qualitative approach we consider a number of factors, including the amount by which the previous quantitative test's fair value exceeded the carrying value of the reporting units, actual performance as compared to internal forecasts used in the previous quantitative test, an evaluation of discount rates, and an evaluation of current economic factors for both the worldwide economy and specifically the oil and gas industry, and any significant changes in customer and supplier relationships. We weigh these factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If after performing a qualitative assessment, indicators are present, or we identify factors that cause us to believe it is appropriate to perform a more precise calculation of fair value, we would move beyond the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative impairment test.
Under the quantitative impairment test, we perform a comparison of the reporting unit’s carrying value to its fair value. We estimate the fair value of a reporting unit based upon future net discounted cash flows (Level 3 measurement). In calculating these estimates, we develop a discounted cash flow model based on forecasted operating results, discount rates, and growth rates, which contemplate business, market and overall economic conditions. Further, the discount rates used require estimates of the cost of equity and debt financing. The estimates of fair value of these reporting units could change if actual operating results or discount rates vary from these estimates. We performed sensitivity analyses on the fair values resulting from the discounted cash flows valuation utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the discount rates and perpetual growth rate in each of the reporting units. Based upon our 2020 annual impairment testing analyses, including the consideration of reasonably likely adverse changes in assumptions described above, the Partnership determined that there have been no goodwill impairments to date.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with a customer are satisfied. The majority of our revenue is generated from refined products and natural gas contracts that have a single performance obligation which is the delivery of the related energy product. Accordingly, we recognize revenue for refined products and natural gas when title and control have been transferred to the customer which is generally at the time of shipment or delivery of products. Revenue for our materials handling segment is recorded on a straight-line basis under leasing arrangements or as services are performed.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services and is generally based upon a negotiated index, formula, list or fixed price. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to reflect an estimate of the ultimate realization of the accounts receivable and includes an assessment of the customers’ creditworthiness and the probability of collection. The provision for the allowance for doubtful accounts is included in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and has not been significant in the past. Estimated discounts are included in the transaction price of the contracts with customers as a reduction to net sales. We sell our products or provide services directly to commercial customers and wholesale distributors generally under agreements with payment terms typically less than 30 days.
We account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the good. As such, shipping and handling fees billed to customers in a sales transaction are recorded in net sales and shipping and handling costs incurred are recorded in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). We exclude from net sales any value add, sales and other taxes which it collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities.
The majority of our revenue is derived from (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount in which we have the right to invoice the customer as product is delivered.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information on recent accounting pronouncements impacting our business, see Recent Accounting Pronouncements included under Note 1 - Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements (Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report).
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. The principal market risks to which we are exposed are commodity price risk, interest rate risk and market/credit risk. We utilize various derivative instruments to manage exposure to commodity risk and swaps to manage exposure to interest rate risk.
Commodity Price Risk
We use various financial instruments as we seek to hedge our commodity price risk. We sell our refined products and natural gas primarily in the Northeast. We hedge our refined products positions primarily with a combination of futures contracts that trade on the NYMEX, and fixed-for-floating price swaps in the form of bilateral contracts that are traded “over-the-counter” or "OTC". Although there are some notable differences between futures and the fixed-for-floating price swaps, both can provide a fixed price while the counterparty receives a price that fluctuates as market prices change.
As indicated in the table below, we primarily use futures contracts to hedge light oil transactions and swaps contracts for hedging residual fuel oils. There are no residual fuel oil futures contracts that actively trade in the United States. Each of the financial instruments trade by month for many months forward, allowing us the ability to hedge future contractual commitments.
| | | | | | | | |
Product Group | Primary Financial Hedging Instrument |
Gasolines | NYMEX RBOB futures contract |
Distillates | NYMEX Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel futures contract |
Residual Fuel Oils | New York Harbor 1% Sulfur Residual Fuel Oil Swaps |
In addition to the financial instruments listed above, we may periodically use the ethanol futures contract that trades on the Chicago Board of Trade, or CBOT, to hedge ethanol that is used for blending into our gasoline. This ethanol contract is based on Chicago delivery. There are also swaps alternatives available in the market to hedge ethanol. In addition, we also use Rotterdam Barge 0.1% Sulfur Gasoil swaps as the primary means to hedge Kildair's marine gas oil positions.
For natural gas, there are no quality differences that need to be considered when hedging. Our primary hedging requirements relate to fixed price and basis (location) exposure. We largely hedge our natural gas fixed price exposure using fixed-for-floating price swaps that trade on the ICE with the prices based on the Henry Hub location near Erath, Louisiana. The Henry Hub is the most active natural gas trading location in the United States. Although we typically use swaps, there is also an actively traded NYMEX Henry Hub natural gas futures contract that we can use. We primarily use ICE basis swaps as the key financial instrument type to hedge our natural gas basis risk. Similar to the natural gas futures and ICE Henry Hub swaps, basis swaps for major locations trade actively for many months. These swaps are financially settled, typically using prices quoted by Platts. We also directly hedge our price exposure in oil and natural gas by using forward purchases or sales that require physical delivery of the product.
The following table presents total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments utilized for commodity risk management purposes. Such amounts are included in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
| (in thousands) |
Refined products contracts | $ | 15,434 | | | $ | (26,194) | | | $ | 54,616 | |
Natural gas contracts | 46,024 | | | 38,513 | | | (1,353) | |
Total | $ | 61,458 | | | $ | 12,319 | | | $ | 53,263 | |
Substantially all of our commodity derivative contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2020 will settle prior to June 30, 2022.
Interest Rate Risk
We enter into interest rate swaps to manage exposures in changing interest rates. We swap the variable LIBOR interest rate payable under our Credit Agreement for fixed LIBOR interest rates. These interest rate swaps meet the criteria to receive cash flow hedge accounting treatment. Counterparties to our interest rate swaps are large multi-national banks and we do not believe there is a material risk of counterparty nonperformance. Additionally, we may enter into seasonal swaps which are intended to manage our increase in borrowings during the winter, as a result of higher inventory and accounts receivable levels.
Our interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest Rate Swap Agreements |
Beginning | | Ending | | Notional Amount |
January 2020 | | January 2021 | | $ | 300,000 | |
April 2020 | | April 2021 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2021 | | January 2022 | | $ | 300,000 | |
April 2021 | | April 2022 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2022 | | January 2023 | | $ | 250,000 | |
April 2022 | | April 2023 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2023 | | January 2024 | | $ | 250,000 | |
January 2024 | | January 2025 | | $ | 50,000 | |
During the two year period ended December 31, 2020, we hedged approximately 47% of our floating rate debt with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps. We expect to continue to utilize interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to LIBOR interest rates. Based on a sensitivity analysis for the year ended December 31, 2020, we estimate that if short-term interest rates increase 100 basis points or decrease to zero, our interest expense would increase by $3.7 million and decrease by $1.6 million, respectively. These amounts were estimated by considering the effect of the hypothetical short-term interest rates on variable-rate debt outstanding, adjusted for interest rate hedges.
Derivative Instruments
The following tables present our derivative assets and derivative liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Fair Value Measurement | | Active Markets Level 1 | | Observable Inputs Level 2 | | Unobservable Inputs Level 3 |
| (in thousands) |
Derivative assets: | | | | | | | |
Commodity fixed forwards | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | — | |
Commodity swaps and options | 101,464 | | | 101,464 | | | — | | | — | |
Commodity derivatives | 165,978 | | | 101,464 | | | 64,514 | | | — | |
| | | | | | | |
Total derivative assets | $ | 165,978 | | | $ | 101,464 | | | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | — | |
Derivative liabilities: | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Commodity fixed forwards | 25,973 | | | — | | | 25,973 | | | — | |
Commodity swaps and options | 133,809 | | | 133,743 | | | 66 | | | — | |
Commodity derivatives | 159,782 | | | 133,743 | | | 26,039 | | | — | |
Interest rate swaps | 14,559 | | | — | | | 14,559 | | | — | |
Currency swaps | 4 | | | — | | | 4 | | | — | |
Total derivative liabilities | $ | 174,345 | | | $ | 133,743 | | | $ | 40,602 | | | $ | — | |
Market and Credit Risk
The risk management activities for our refined products and natural gas segments involve managing exposures to the impact of market fluctuations in the price and transportation costs for commodities through the use of derivative instruments. The prices for energy commodities can be significantly influenced by market liquidity and changes in seasonal demand, weather conditions, transportation availability, and federal and state regulations. We monitor and manage our exposure to market risk on a daily basis in accordance with approved policies.
We maintain a control environment under the direction of our Chief Risk Officer through our risk management policy, processes and procedures, which our senior management has approved. Control measures include volumetric, value at risk, and stop loss limits, as well as contract term limits. Our Chief Risk Officer and Risk Management Committee must approve the use of new instruments or new commodities. Risk limits are monitored and reported daily to senior management. Our risk management department also performs independent verifications of sources of fair values. These controls apply to all of our commodity risk management activities.
We use a value at risk model to monitor commodity price risk within our risk management activities. The value at risk model uses both linear and simulation methodologies based on historical information, with the results representing the potential loss in fair value over one day at a 95% confidence level. Results may vary from time to time as hedging coverage, market pricing levels and volatility change.
We have a number of financial instruments that are potentially at risk including cash and cash equivalents, receivables and derivative contracts. Our primary exposure is credit risk related to our receivables and counterparty performance risk related to the fair value of derivative assets, which is the loss that may result from a customer’s or counterparty’s non-performance. We use credit policies to control credit risk, including utilizing an established credit approval process, monitoring customer and counterparty limits, employing credit mitigation measures such as analyzing customer financial statements, credit insurance with a third party provider and accepting personal guarantees and forms of collateral. We believe that our counterparties will be able to satisfy their contractual obligations. Credit risk is limited by the large number of customers and counterparties comprising our business and their dispersion across different industries.
Cash is held in demand deposit and other short-term investment accounts placed with federally insured financial institutions. Such deposit accounts at times may exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses on such accounts.
The following table presents the value at risk for our refined products and natural gas marketing and risk management commodity derivatives activities:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Refined Products | | Natural Gas |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 | | 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
| (in thousands) | | (in thousands) |
At December 31 | $ | 228 | | | $ | 119 | | | $ | 193 | | | $ | 711 | | | $ | 502 | | | $ | 309 | |
Average | 675 | | | 127 | | | 54 | | | 424 | | | 381 | | | 358 | |
High | 2,448 | | | 461 | | | 193 | | | 738 | | | 657 | | | 740 | |
Low | 13 | | | 27 | | | 12 | | | 151 | | | 120 | | | 172 | |
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
See Part IV, Item 15 - "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule—Index to Consolidated Financial Statements''.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Partnership's reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Partnership's reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Partnership's management, including the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Sprague Resources GP LLC (the Partnership's general partner), or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management (including the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Partnership's general partner) of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Partnership's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based on this evaluation, the general partner's President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Partnership's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.
Management’s Report Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the general partner, including the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Partnership's general partner, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of Sprague Resources LP’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Management concluded that based on its assessment, the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020. Ernst & Young LLP, Registered Public Accounting Firm, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting which is included in this annual report on page F-4.
Changes In Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our system of internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Officers and Directors of our General Partner
Our General Partner oversees our operations and activities on our behalf through its board of directors. The board of directors of our General Partner appoints our officers, all of whom are employed by our General Partner and manage our day-to-day affairs. Neither our General Partner, nor the board of directors of our General Partner, is elected by our unitholders and neither will be subject to re-election in the future. Rather, the directors of our General Partner are appointed by Sprague Holdings, which owns 100% of our General Partner. The board of directors of our General Partner met four times during the 2020 fiscal year and each of its directors attended 100% of the meetings. The audit committee of the board of directors of our General Partner met seven times during the 2020 fiscal year, of which Mr. Harper and Ms. Bowman attended seven, and Mr. Hennelly attended six. The conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner also met during the 2020 fiscal year.
The following table provides information as of March 4, 2021 for the executive officers and directors of our General Partner. References to “our officers,” “our directors,” or “our board” refer to the officers, directors, and board of directors of our General Partner. Directors are appointed to hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Position with our General Partner |
Michael D. Milligan | | 57 | | | Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Beth A. Bowman | | 64 | | | Director |
C. Gregory Harper | | 56 | | | Director |
Ben J. Hennelly | | 50 | | | Director |
Gary A. Rinaldi | | 63 | | | Director |
Sally A. Sarsfield | | 61 | | | Director |
David C. Glendon* | | 55 | | | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
David C. Long* | | 47 | | | Chief Financial Officer |
Thomas F. Flaherty* | | 65 | | | Vice President, Refined Products |
Steven D. Scammon* | | 59 | | | Vice President, Chief Risk Officer |
Paul A. Scoff* | | 61 | | | Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary |
Joseph S. Smith* | | 64 | | | Vice President, Corporate Development & IT |
James A. Therriault* | | 60 | | | Vice President, Materials Handling |
Thomas E. Carey | | 63 | | | Vice President, Operations |
Brian W. Weego* | | 54 | | | Vice President, Natural Gas |
| | | | | |
* | Indicates an “executive officer” for purposes of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. |
Michael D. Milligan - Mr. Milligan was appointed chairman of the board of directors of our General Partner in July 2011. Mr. Milligan formerly served as a member of the board of directors of our Predecessor and is the President & Chief Executive Officer of Axel Johnson, a position he has held since 2003. Prior to joining Axel Johnson, Mr. Milligan spent 17 years as a partner and member of the board of directors of Monitor Group, a global consulting and merchant banking group. While at Monitor Group, Mr. Milligan’s activities covered a broad range of disciplines and industry sectors, including oil and gas, communications technology, specialty chemicals and retail and consumer products. Mr. Milligan also serves on the board of ConforMIS Inc., a medical technology company. Mr. Milligan holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Bowdoin College and a Master's in Business Administration from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Milligan’s more than 20 years of experience in the energy industry, as well as his extensive management skills he acquired through his involvement in the strategy, operations and governance of Axel Johnson, brings substantial perspective and leadership to our board.
Beth A. Bowman - Ms. Bowman was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner in October 2014. Ms. Bowman served at Shell Energy North America for 17 years where she was the Senior Vice President of Sales and Origination North America, until her retirement in September 2015. Prior to joining Shell, Ms. Bowman held management positions at Sempra Energy Trading and Sempra’s San Diego Gas & Electric utility. Ms. Bowman has served as a director at
Targa Resources Corp., Targa Resources Partners LP and Targa Resources GP LLC since September 2018. In 2014, Ms. Bowman was named one of the Top 50 Most Powerful Women in Oil and Gas in the U.S. by the National Diversity Council. Ms. Bowman served on the boards of the California Power Exchange and the California Foundation of Energy and Environment. Ms. Bowman received her Bachelor of Science degree Civil Engineering from the University of Illinois, a Master’s degree in Civil Engineering from San Diego State University and a Master’s degree in Business Administration Finance from University of San Diego. We believe that Ms. Bowman’s extensive energy industry background, particularly her experience in senior leadership roles and board positions of other energy companies, provide the board of directors of our General Partner with valuable knowledge and skill.
C. Gregory Harper - Mr. Harper was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner in October 2013 in connection with our IPO. Mr. Harper was appointed President and CEO of Blue Mountain Midstream and a Director of its parent Riviera Resources in April 2018. On April 1, 2017, Mr. Harper retired from Enbridge Inc. where he served as President, Gas Pipelines and Processing. Before joining Enbridge, Mr. Harper was appointed principal executive officer of Midcoast Holdings L.L.C in 2014, and served as Senior Vice President of Midstream with Southwestern Energy Company, from August 2013 to January 2014. Prior to joining Southwestern Energy, Mr. Harper served as Senior Vice President and Group President of CenterPoint Energy Pipelines and Field Services from December 2008 to June 2013. Before joining CenterPoint Energy in 2008, Mr. Harper served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as a Director of Spectra Energy Partners, LP from March 2007 to December 2008. From January 2007 to March 2007, Mr. Harper was Group Vice President of Spectra Energy Corp., and he was Group Vice President of Duke Energy from January 2004 to December 2006. Mr. Harper served as Senior Vice President of Energy Marketing and Management for Duke Energy North America from January 2003 until January 2004 and Vice President of Business Development for Duke Energy Gas Transmission and Vice President of East Tennessee Natural Gas, LLC from March 2002 until January 2003. Mr. Harper currently serves on the board of directors of the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America. Mr. Harper received his Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Kentucky and his Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Houston. We believe Mr. Harper’s extensive industry background, particularly his financial reporting and oversight expertise, will bring important experience and skill to the board of directors of our General Partner.
Ben J. Hennelly - Mr. Hennelly was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner in July 2011 and was appointed as a member of the audit committee in February 2019. On February 26, 2021, Mr. Hennelly resigned his membership in the audit committee and the conflicts committee of the board of directors. Mr. Hennelly, currently President of The Agrippa Works, Inc., a strategy and technology consultancy, served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Decisyon, Inc., an Axel Johnson portfolio company from December 2014 through July 2017. Mr. Hennelly previously served as Chief Financial Officer for Axel Johnson during the period of March 2007 through June 2012 and as Executive Vice President for Axel Johnson from June 2012 through December 2014. Mr. Hennelly has held various positions within the Axel Johnson Group since joining our Predecessor in April 2003, including Vice President, Business Development of our Predecessor and, more recently, Vice President, Corporate Development at Axel Johnson. Before joining the Axel Johnson Group, Mr. Hennelly was on the founding management team of EPIK Communications, a provider of broadband telecommunication services, and previously was a consultant with the Monitor Group, a global management strategy consulting firm, where he advised clients across a range of industries, including the energy industry. Mr. Hennelly holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Cornell University and a Ph.D from Brown University. We believe that Mr. Hennelly’s 20 years of consulting and management experience in a variety of industries, together with his deep understanding of our business from nearly three years of service at our Predecessor, make Mr. Hennelly well-suited to serve on the board of directors of our General Partner.
Gary A. Rinaldi - Mr. Rinaldi was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner in July 2011. Until his retirement from his role as an executive officer of our General Partner on December 31, 2018, Mr. Rinaldi served as Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our Predecessor from January 2008 and, in July 2011, was named to this position with our General Partner. Prior to his retirement from his role as an executive officer of our General Partner, Mr. Rinaldi had been continuously employed by the predecessors the Partnership (collectively, our "Predecessor") and the General Partner since April 2003. Before joining our Predecessor, Mr. Rinaldi was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer for the SUN Group. Prior to that, Mr. Rinaldi held several senior financial and operational management positions at Phibro Energy, a division of Salomon Inc., including Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director of Phibro Energy Production Inc. Mr. Rinaldi received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics with a concentration in Accounting from The Wharton School, the University of Pennsylvania and is a former Certified Public Accountant. We believe that Mr. Rinaldi’s experience with our Predecessor plus his 22 years of prior experience in a variety of senior financial and operational management roles in the energy industry, when combined with his past service on multiple boards of directors, including currently serving on the board of directors of an Axel Johnson Inc. company, Brazeway, allows him to bring substantial experience and leadership skills to the board of directors of our General Partner.
Sally A. Sarsfield - Ms. Sarsfield was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner in February 2015. She currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Axel Johnson, a position she has held since June 2012. Ms. Sarsfield initially joined Axel Johnson as the VP Finance and Administration in July, 2010. Previously Ms. Sarsfield was the Chief Financial Officer of RA Capital Management, LLC, an investment management firm operating a long/short equity healthcare hedge fund. Prior to that, Ms. Sarsfield was a Partner and Co-Founder of BlueStar Capital Management LP, a firm specializing in healthcare investing via hedge funds where she served as Chief Financial Officer, Partner and Investment Analyst for seven years. Ms. Sarsfield spent the first seven years of her career in a variety of roles with W.R. Grace & Co. including Senior Financial Analyst, Project Manager, Business Development and Director of Financial Planning and Analysis for one of its operating groups. Ms. Sarsfield holds a Bachelor of Arts in Biology from the University of Virginia. She spent a year in the University of Chicago Division of Biological Sciences Ph.D. program in Molecular Genetics before going on to get a Master’s in Business Administration from the University of Chicago. We believe the combination of Ms. Sarsfield’s years of business and investment management experience, in addition to her expertise in financial oversight, prepare her well to serve on the board of directors of our General Partner.
David C. Glendon - Mr. Glendon was appointed to the board of directors of our General Partner and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since January 15, 2008. Mr. Glendon was hired by our Predecessor on June 30, 2003 as the Senior Vice President of Oil and Materials Handling, focusing on driving the execution of a customer-centric approach across all elements of the business. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Mr. Glendon was a partner and global account manager at Monitor Group. He was also a founder and managing director of Monitor Equity Advisors, which worked with leading private capital providers in evaluating transactions and enhancing the strategic positions of their portfolio investments. Mr. Glendon received a Bachelor’s degree, cum laude, in Psychology from Williams College and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. As a result of his professional background, we believe Mr. Glendon brings executive-level strategic and financial skills along with significant operational experience that, when combined with his 15 years of consulting experience in a variety of industries and a deep knowledge of our business, make Mr. Glendon well-suited to serve on the board of directors of our General Partner.
David C. Long - Mr. Long joined our General Partner in December 2018 and assumed the role of Chief Financial Officer in January 2019. From June 2013 until December 2018, Mr. Long served as Senior Vice President with Kinetico Incorporated, a subsidiary of Axel Johnson, Inc., during which he was responsible for marketing, sales and business development activity in North America. From February 2008 through June 2013, Mr. Long served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kinetico Incorporated where he led the finance and accounting organization. From 1998 through 2008, Mr. Long held a variety of roles with our Predecessor, most recently as Managing Director of Sales, Refined Products. Mr. Long holds a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Maine and a Master of Finance degree from Boston College.
Thomas F. Flaherty - Mr. Flaherty was appointed Vice President, Refined Products of our General Partner in February, 2014 with responsibility for all activities in the business unit including Marketing, Supply, and Pricing. Previously, Mr. Flaherty was appointed to the position of Vice President, Sales of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since November 28, 2006. In that role, Mr. Flaherty was responsible for all refined products sales and marketing activities. Mr. Flaherty has served in various roles during his continuous tenure with our Predecessor since he was hired as an Account Executive in Coal Sales in July 1983, including Vice President, Commercial Sales and subsequently Vice President, Industrial Marketing. Mr. Flaherty received his Bachelor’s degree in Management from the University of Massachusetts and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Whittemore School of Business, University of New Hampshire.
Steven D. Scammon - Mr. Scammon was appointed Vice President, Chief Risk Officer of our General Partner in February, 2014 with duties including overseeing risk management and related control processes, including all middle office activities and insurance groups. Previously, Mr. Scammon was appointed to the position of Vice President, Trading and Pricing of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since January 28, 2008. In that role, Mr. Scammon was responsible for refined products trading and pricing. Mr. Scammon also managed customer service until February 2013 at which time he was moved into marketing. Mr. Scammon joined our Predecessor as Vice President, Clean Products on December 26, 2000 and has been continuously employed by our Predecessor since then. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Mr. Scammon served as Senior Vice President with the Consolidated Natural Gas Energy Services Co. Prior to that, Mr. Scammon served in several positions with Louis Dreyfus Corporation including as Global Position Manager and Manager - National Accounts. Mr. Scammon received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Denison University.
Paul A. Scoff - Mr. Scoff was appointed Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since June 1, 2011. Mr. Scoff has been continuously employed by our Predecessor since December 1999, serving as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary during such
time. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Mr. Scoff was the Vice President and General Counsel of Genesis Energy L.P., a publicly traded master limited partnership. Prior to Genesis, Mr. Scoff served as Senior Counsel with Basis Petroleum (formerly known as Phibro Energy U.S.A. Inc., a division of Salomon Inc.). He also served as Senior Counsel with The Coastal Corporation prior to joining Basis Petroleum. He received his Juris Doctor from the University of Houston Law Center and his Bachelor’s degree, cum laude, in Political Science and English from Washington and Jefferson College.
Joseph S. Smith - Mr. Smith was appointed Vice President, Corporate Development & IT of our General Partner in February 2019. In this role he has oversight responsibility for Kildair, Coen Energy, and Information Technology, as well as leading Sprague's acquisition sourcing and integration efforts. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Smith served as Vice President, Business Development from February 2014 to January 2019. Mr. Smith also served as Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning of our General Partner from July 2011 to January 2014, a position he held with our Predecessor since July 2006. In such role, Mr. Smith was tasked with oversight responsibility for risk management and related control processes. Mr. Smith has been an employee of our Predecessor since April 2001 when he joined as Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development and was subsequently promoted to Vice President, Pricing and Performance Management. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Mr. Smith was a Principal with Arthur D. Little, Inc.’s international energy consulting practice. He also worked in various positions for Mobil Oil Corporation, including in the areas of sales and supply and research and development. Mr. Smith received his Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Maine. He received a Master’s degree in Chemical Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Master’s degree in Business Administration in Finance from Drexel University.
James A. Therriault - Mr. Therriault was appointed Vice President, Materials Handling of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since October 2003. As Vice President, Materials Handling, Mr. Therriault is responsible for the sales and business development efforts of our materials handling business unit. Mr. Therriault has held a variety of business and financial positions since joining our Predecessor in 1984. Mr. Therriault graduated from The University of New Hampshire with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and from the University of Southern New Hampshire with a Master’s degree in Business Administration.
Thomas E. Carey - Mr. Carey was appointed Vice President, Operations, on June 24, 2020. He is responsible for the safe, environmentally responsible and cost-efficient operation of our terminals and fleet. Mr. Carey joined Sprague in 2014. Prior to joining Sprague, Mr. Carey served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Castle Oil Corporation. Mr. Carey began his career in the oil industry in January 1979. In that time, he has continuously served in various positions including responsibility for terminals, fleet, safety, regulatory compliance, engineering and material handling.
Brian W. Weego - Mr. Weego was appointed Vice President, Natural Gas of our General Partner in July 2011, a position he held with our Predecessor since June 7, 2010. As Vice President, Natural Gas, Mr. Weego is responsible for all elements of the natural gas business unit. Mr. Weego has been continuously employed by our Predecessor since he was hired on December 7, 1998, having served as Manager, Natural Gas Supply Operations; Director, Natural Gas Marketing; and Managing Director, Natural Gas Marketing. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Mr. Weego spent 11 years in various segments in the natural gas industry and has worked for the Coastal Corporation (wholesale natural gas origination and sales), O&R Energy (natural gas supply and trading) and Commonwealth Gas Company (natural gas utility supply planning and acquisition). Mr. Weego received a Bachelor of Science degree in Management from Lesley University and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of New Hampshire Whittemore School of Business and Economics.
Director Independence
NYSE rules do not require that the board of directors of our General Partner be composed of a majority of independent directors. Nonetheless, the board of directors of our General Partner has affirmatively determined that Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper meet the independence standards established by the NYSE.
Committees of the Board of Directors
The board of directors of our General Partner has an audit committee and a conflicts committee. Each of the standing committees of the board of directors has the composition and responsibilities described below. NYSE rules do not require us to have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper are members of the audit committee and the conflicts committee.
Audit Committee
We are required to have an audit committee of at least three members and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper are the
current members of our audit committee. The board of directors of our General Partner has determined that each director appointed to the audit committee is “financially literate,” and Mr. Harper, who serves as chairman of the audit committee, has “accounting or related financial management expertise” and constitutes an audit committee financial expert in accordance with SEC and NYSE rules and regulations. The audit committee of the board of directors of our General Partner serves as our audit committee and will assist the board in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee operates under a written charter and has the sole authority to (1) retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, (2) approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) pre-approve any non-audit services and tax services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee is also responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm has been given unrestricted access to the audit committee and our management, as necessary. The audit committee met seven times during 2020.
On February 26, 2021, Mr. Hennelly resigned his membership in the audit committee and the conflicts committee of the board of directors because he no longer qualified as independent under the NYSE listing standards. Mr. Hennelly remains a director of the board of directors. Mr. Hennelly’s resignation from the audit committee of the board leaves the board’s audit committee with only two directors, each of whom are independent under the NYSE listing standards. In response to the Partnership's prior notice and a written affirmation filed on March 1, 2021 disclosing the Partnership's non-compliance with Section 303A.07(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual requiring audit committees to be comprised of at least three independent directors, the NYSE notified the Partnership on March 3, 2021 that it was deficient in meeting the Section 303A.07(a) requirement for three independent members on an audit committee.
The Partnership is undertaking a search for a new independent director and expects to announce a replacement as soon as reasonably practicable. Upon appointing a new member of the audit committee that meets the independence requirements of Section 10A-3 of, and Rule 10A-3 under, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, the Partnership will regain compliance with the applicable NYSE listing standard.
Conflicts Committee
The board of directors of our General Partner established a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of any such conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The board of directors of our General Partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The committee consists of a minimum of two members, none of whom can be officers or employees of our General Partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates (other than as directors of our subsidiaries) and each of whom must meet the independence standards for service on an audit committee established by the NYSE and the SEC. Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper are the independent members of the conflicts committee. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our unitholders, and not a breach by our General Partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. The conflicts committee met 32 times during fiscal year 2020. Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper attended all of these meetings.
If the board of directors of our General Partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee, and the board of directors of our General Partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our General Partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any unitholder, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
The board of directors of our General Partner has approved a Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of our General Partner, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” section of our website at https://investors.spragueenergy.com/corporate-governance and in print without charge to any unitholder who sends a written request to our secretary at our principal executive offices. We intend to post any amendments of this code or waivers of its provisions applicable to directors or executive officers of our General Partner, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, at the above referenced Corporate Governance location on our website.
Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions
Under our Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the board of directors of our General Partner or its authorized committee will periodically review all related-person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Partnership Agreement set forth policies and procedures with respect to transactions with related persons and potential conflicts of interest which, when taken together, provide a structure for the review and approval of transactions with related persons. In the event that the board of directors of our General Partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related-person transaction and determines not to so ratify, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.
The conflicts committee is authorized to review, evaluate and approve any potential conflicts of interest between the General Partner or its affiliates (excluding the Partnership), on one hand, and the Partnership, its subsidiaries, or any limited partner of the Partnership, on the other hand; and, the conflicts committee may engage consultants, attorneys, independent accountants and/or other service providers to assist in the evaluation of quantitative and/or qualitative material conflicts matters. Any such approval by the conflicts committee will constitute approval of such matter and no other action of the board of directors is required.
In determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board of directors of our General Partner or its authorized committee may consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (i) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction; (iii) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (iv) the impact of the transaction on a director’s independence (in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediate family member of a director is a partner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (vi) whether it is a single transaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
Current conflicts committee members include Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper and these two members qualify as independent directors, satisfying the SEC and NYSE standards for independence as of the date hereof.
Available Information
Our Audit Committee charter, Conflicts Committee charter, Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines, Financial Code of Ethics, Insider Trading Policy, Short-Swing Trading and Reporting Policy and Whistleblower Policy are available, free of charge within the “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” section of our website at https://investors.spragueenergy.com/corporate-governance and in print to any unitholder who so requests. Requests for print copies may be directed to: Investor Relations, Sprague Resources LP, 185 International Drive, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 or made by telephone by calling (800) 225-1560. The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.
Pursuant to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Mr. Milligan is the lead, non-management director and will preside over regularly scheduled executive sessions of the board of directors without management ("Lead Director"). To view the designated Lead Director and the method for communicating directly with the Lead Director, please see the “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” section of our website at https://investors.spragueenergy.com/corporate-governance.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Each director, executive officer (and, for a specified period, certain former directors and executive officers) of our General Partner and each holder of more than 10 percent of a class of our equity securities is required to report to the SEC his or her pertinent position or relationship, as well as transactions in those securities, by specified dates. Based solely upon a review of reports on Forms 3 and 4 (including any amendments) furnished to us during our most recent fiscal year, reports on Form 5 (including any amendments) furnished to us with respect to our most recent fiscal year, and written representations from officers and directors of our General Partner, we believe that all filings applicable to our General Partner’s officers and directors, and our beneficial owners, required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act were filed on a timely basis with respect to our most recent fiscal year.
Employee, Officer and Director Hedging
Per the Short-Swing Trading and Reporting Policy of the General Partner adopted on October 14, 2013, no director, Section 16 officer, or employee who beneficially owns 10% or more of the Partnership's common units, (together, "insiders"),
nor an immediate family member of an insider, nor any other relative of an insider living in the insider's home, may make any short sales of any Partnership securities. Also, such persons may not buy or sell puts, calls or options in respect of the Partnership's securities at any time.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Compensation Committee Report
Neither we nor our General Partner has a compensation committee. The non-management members of our board of directors of our General Partner, listed below, reviewed and discussed with management the section of this report entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and based on that review and discussion, approved its inclusion herein.
| | |
THE NON-MANAGEMENT MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
Michael D. Milligan, Chairman |
Beth A. Bowman |
C. Gregory Harper |
Ben J. Hennelly |
Sally A. Sarsfield |
Gary A. Rinaldi |
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
Our General Partner has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations and its board of directors and officers make decisions on our behalf. We reimburse our General Partner for the expenses associated with the services its employees provide to us, including compensation expenses for executive officers and directors of our General Partner. The board of directors of our General Partner has responsibility for establishing and evaluating the pay for the executive officers of our General Partner.
The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to explain our philosophy for determining the compensation program for the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers of our General Partner for 2020, referred to in this report as the “Named Executive Officers,” and to discuss why and how the 2020 compensation package for these executives was implemented. Disclosure regarding our Named Executive Officers’ compensation for the 2020 fiscal year is disclosed in the tables below and discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
The Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 are as follows:
| | | | | |
David C. Glendon | President and Chief Executive Officer |
David C. Long | Chief Financial Officer |
Thomas F. Flaherty | Vice President, Refined Products |
Steven D. Scammon | Vice President, Chief Risk Officer |
Brian W. Weego | Vice President, Natural Gas |
Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program
Our executive compensation program is based on the following principles:
•The compensation paid to our executives should be competitive with that paid to the executives of those companies with which we compete for executive talent so that we attract and retain a skilled and experienced management team.
•Incentive compensation should be a material portion of total compensation so that our executives are properly motivated to achieve or exceed our financial and business goals.
•Incentive compensation should align the interests of the executive team with those of the unitholders.
The board of directors believes these objectives are best met by providing a mix of competitive base salaries in combination with short- and long-term incentive compensation. This mix of compensation elements has provided us with a successful compensation program that has allowed us to attract and retain a quality team of executives while motivating them to provide a high level of performance.
Setting Executive Compensation
The board of directors has the responsibility and authority to make all decisions with regard to the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. When making determinations about each element of compensation for our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Glendon, our board of directors requests and carefully considers recommendations from Mr. Glendon. The board of directors may also ask Mr. Glendon and certain of our other executives to assess the design of, and make recommendations regarding, compensation and benefit programs and the performance measures and targeted levels of performance established thereunder. The board of directors is under no obligation to implement the recommendations received from these executives but may take them into consideration when making compensation decisions.
Components of Compensation
For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, the compensation for our Named Executive Officers consisted of the following elements:
•Base salary;
•Annual cash incentive bonus;
•Long-term equity incentive awards; and,
•Other benefits, including retirement, health and welfare, and related benefits and, in certain instances, the use of a car or a car allowance.
Base Salary
Each Named Executive Officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and does not vary depending on the level of performance achieved. Base salaries for the Named Executive Officers were historically set at levels deemed appropriate to retain their services. When establishing and evaluating base salary levels the board of directors generally considers the responsibilities associated with each Named Executive Officer’s position, experience, skill, education, and potential to contribute to our overall success. For example, when the board of directors evaluates Mr. Glendon’s role as President and Chief Executive Officer, the board of directors considers his current and prior performance. In establishing the base salaries for the rest of our Named Executive Officers, the board of directors also considers the extent to which the particular individual has the skills to help us solve the challenges we face and the expertise to help us meet our future business goals. Finally, the board of directors considers the other employment opportunities available to the executive and earning potential associated with those opportunities.
Base salaries for each Named Executive Officer are reviewed annually by the board of directors as well as at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities. In connection with each review, individual and company performance over the course of the year are also considered. Mr. Glendon makes recommendations with regard to base salary levels for our Named Executive Officers other than himself, and the board of directors takes these recommendations into account when reviewing base salary levels.
The following 2020 Base Salary increases for the Named Executive Officers became effective on April 6, 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | 2019 Base Salaries | | 2020 Base Salaries | | Percentage Increase |
David C. Glendon | | $371,413 | | $375,000 | | 1.0% |
David C. Long | | $255,000 | | $260,024 | | 2% |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | $272,695 | | $275,014 | | 0.9% |
Steven D. Scammon | | $284,436 | | $286,001 | | 0.6% |
Brian W. Weego | | $265,720 | | $270,000 | | 1.6% |
We believe that the competitive base salaries we pay to our Named Executive Officers help us to satisfy the objectives of our executive compensation program by attracting and retaining experienced executive talent. Additionally, by providing our Named Executive Officers with competitive base salaries, we mitigate risk by providing those individuals with a portion of their income that is not subject to change based on our financial performance.
Annual Incentive Bonus
While base salaries offer an important retention tool by providing a fixed level of compensation to our employees, we also seek to incentivize and motivate employees to strive for both individual and overall company success by providing a substantial portion of their compensation in the form of a discretionary annual incentive bonus. Further, we feel that our industry has
historically relied heavily on performance-based bonuses to compensate executive officers, and we want our compensation program to be consistent with industry trends and practices.
The annual incentive bonus program is administered under the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (which we refer to as our LTIP). Historically, each year our board of directors has established one or more metrics for the annual incentive bonus. Our performance with respect to the applicable metric for that year has determined the level of funding of our annual incentive bonus pool. The annual incentive bonus is paid in a combination of cash and common units in the discretion of the board of directors to further align the interests of our Named Executive Officers with those of the unitholders.
Historically, the annual incentive bonus received by each Named Executive Officer has been initially calculated based on the percentage funding level for the total bonus pool. Mr. Glendon may then recommend a higher or lower annual incentive bonus based on each Named Executive Officer’s personal performance as well as the performance of their respective business for that year. Mr. Glendon submits his recommendations to the board of directors who then review and discuss the recommendations. After weighing all of this information, the board of directors would establish the final annual incentive bonus amounts for each Named Executive Officer. Once this determination is made, the board of directors determines what portion of the annual incentive bonus paid to each of the Named Executive Officers will be delivered in cash and what portion, if any, will be delivered in our common units. Generally, any portion of the annual incentive bonus delivered in common units to the Named Executive Officers is fully vested at the time of grant, subject to any holding requirements or restrictions, as determined by the board of directors in its discretion.
Annual incentive bonus targets for our Named Executive Officers have historically remained constant from one year to the next and are typically only modified in connection with a significant promotion. When setting the 2020 annual incentive bonus targets for the Named Executive Officers, the board of directors considered each Named Executive Officer’s position within the company as well as their relative level of responsibility and their ability to directly impact our success. The 2020 targets for Messrs. Long, Flaherty, Scammon and Weego were each set at 50% of their base salary, which is consistent with employees serving at the Vice President level and other direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer. The 2020 target for Mr. Glendon was set at 100% of his base salary in order to reflect the additional responsibilities associated with his position.
Our board of directors initially selected distributable cash flow as the performance metric for the 2020 annual incentive bonus program, as such metric demonstrates the Partnership's ability to deliver on its growth plan and generate distributable cash flow for distributions to unitholders. Distributable cash flow is a non-GAAP measure; and, for Named Executive Officer annual incentive compensation purposes, we define distributable cash flow as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization adjusted for unrealized hedging losses and gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts, and increased by incentive compensation expense expected to be settled with the issuance of our common units, expenses related to business combinations and other adjustments. Additionally, for annual incentive compensation purposes, there is an allocation of overhead charges and other minor adjustments made to the total distributable cash flow.
The board initially proposed a minimum distributable cash flow threshold for annual incentive compensation purposes of $60.7 million for the 2020 annual incentive bonus pool that must be met before the pool will begin to fund. Under the proposed thresholds, once the distributable cash flow threshold is met for the 2020 year, 25% of distributable cash flow is allocated to the bonus pool until the bonus pool is funded at a level equal to 200% of the target bonus pool amount. After the bonus pool is funded at 200% of the target bonus pool amount, 10% of the additional distributable cash flow above that level, if any, is allocated to the bonus pool. For 2020, actual distributable cash flow for annual incentive compensation purposes was $76.6 million. As a result, the minimum distributable cash flow threshold level for the annual incentive bonus program was met.
However, no amount will be paid under this 2020 annual bonus program as initially proposed. Our board of directors is evaluating and redesigning our short and long term incentive programs for 2021. As part of this redesign, the board of directors has determined in its discretion to not award any amounts based on the 2020 annual bonus program described above.
In lieu of proposed short term or long term incentives under our former programs, the board of directors has granted to each of our Named Executive Officers a 2020 bonus amount to be paid in a combination of cash and common units, reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below. The board determined the amount for these bonus payments based on our performance, as well as the individual performance of the officer, and in the case of all officers other than Mr. Glendon, the recommendation of Mr. Glendon. In accordance with the SEC's rules and regulations, the 2021 short-term incentive bonus program will be discussed in detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards
In October 2013, our General Partner adopted the LTIP, which provides us with the flexibility to grant a wide variety of cash and equity or equity-based awards.
In March 2020, our board of directors initially proposed awards of unit-settled performance-based phantom units that vest based on earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization at Sprague Holdings reduced by interest expense and capital expenditures ("Sprague Holdings Operating Cash Flow" or "Sprague Holdings OCF") over a three-year performance period. Sprague Holdings does not generate audited financial statements but is included in the audited financial statements of our Sponsor, Axel Johnson. The board determined that calculating the performance metric at Sprague Holdings would reflect the fact that the General Partner manages assets owned by Axel Johnson that were not contributed to the Partnership. The board believes that this compensation structure avoids the possibility of misaligned peer groupings and that the incentive compensation reflects the General Partner's total management activity. A majority of the assets at Sprague Holdings were formerly held by our Predecessor and consist of one operating terminal and one terminal that is not in operation, both of which were similar in nature to assets currently held by the Partnership. Accordingly, the board of directors believes that there is a high correlation of performance between Sprague Holdings and the Partnership.
Under the 2020 long-term equity incentive program as originally approved by our board of directors, Sprague Holdings OCF is measured over a performance period from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022, and must exceed $146.3 million before any of the phantom units granted in 2020 will vest. The table below shows the rate of increase in Sprague Holdings OCF above the $146.3 million threshold amount and the corresponding proposed vesting level of the 2020 phantom units.
| | | | | | | | |
Increase of Sprague Holdings Operating Cash Flow Above Threshold | | Percentage of Target Phantom Units that Vest |
0.0% | | 0% |
5.2% | | 50% |
10.3% | | 100% |
44.9% | | 200% |
If the growth of Sprague Holdings Operating Cash Flow for the performance period falls between the percentiles enumerated above, then the number of phantom units that vest will be calculated using straight line interpolation.
In September 2020, the board of directors granted a target number of the phantom unit awards described above, having a grant date fair value of $15.16 per unit, to each of our Named Executive Officers as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2020 Long-Term Incentive Program |
Name | | Target Number of Phantom Units Granted | | Grant Date Fair Value per Common Unit (1) |
David C. Glendon | | 27,000 | | | $15.16 |
David C. Long | | 9,000 | | | $15.16 |
| | 7,500 | | | $19.25 |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | 9,000 | | | $15.16 |
Steven D. Scammon | | 7,000 | | | $15.16 |
Brian W. Weego | | 9,000 | | | $15.16 |
(1)The value of the phantom performance awards is based on the grant date fair value of those common units, as calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718.
These awards also included a tandem distribution equivalent right that would be paid upon the settlement of the underlying phantom unit. Additionally, in December 2020 the board of directors made a discretionary equity grant to Mr. Long of 7,500 immediately vested restricted stock units, with a grant date fair value of $19.25.
As with the short term incentive program, our board of directors is evaluating and redesigning our long term incentive program for 2021.
In connection with this redesign, our board of directors has determined in its discretion to terminate all phantom unit awards granted in 2018, 2019 or 2020 for no value. Instead, the board of directors has granted to each of our Named Executive Owners a 2020 bonus amount to be paid in a combination of cash and common units, as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below. The board determined the amount for these bonus payments based on our performance, as well as the individual performance of the officer, and in the case of all officers other than Mr. Glendon, the recommendation of Mr. Glendon.
In accordance with the SEC's rules and regulations, the 2021 long-term equity incentive program will be discussed in detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Severance and Change in Control Benefits
The Named Executive Officers did not have agreements with us that contained severance provisions or change of control payment provisions during the 2020 fiscal year. However, we have a general practice of paying severance to certain of our employees in the event they are terminated by us without cause and they enter into a release. The severance historically provided to executives, such as the Named Executive Officers, serving at the Vice President level and above consists of the following: (i) 12 months of continued base salary payments, (ii) six months of outplacement support, and (iii) health and dental insurance for 12 months at the same cost to the individual as they paid during their employment with us.
Our form of award agreement for performance-based phantom units for awards granted in 2020 provided for prorated vesting at the end of the performance period based on the actual performance level achieved if the grantee ceased to provide services to us and our affiliates before the end of the applicable performance period as a result of: (i) a qualifying retirement, (ii) death, or (iii) disability. However, as described above, all outstanding long-term incentive awards have been terminated due to the ongoing redesign of all of our incentive compensation components and will not be paid.
We believe that the severance practices described above create an important retention tool for us as post-termination payments allow employees to leave our employment with value in the event of certain terminations of employment that are beyond their control. As a general matter, post-termination payments allow management to focus their attention and energy on making objective business decisions that are in the best interest of the company without allowing personal considerations to affect the decision-making process. Additionally, executive officers at other companies in our industry and the general market in which we compete for executive talent commonly provide post-termination payments, and we have consistently provided this benefit to certain executives in order to remain competitive in attracting and retaining skilled professionals in our industry.
Other Benefits
Health and Welfare Benefits
All of our regular full-time employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible to receive the same health and welfare benefits. These benefits include group health, vision, and dental insurance coverage; participation in our 401(k) and defined contribution pension plan; short and long term disability insurance and life insurance coverage; participation in our flexible spending plan; and tuition assistance. The health and dental plans require employee contributions toward the cost of premiums. We provide short and long term disability as well as basic life insurance at no cost to our employees. Employees may also elect additional life insurance coverage at their own expense.
Retirement Benefits
During 2020, we provided all employees hired prior to January 1, 1991 who were scheduled to work at least 30 hours per week and met certain age and service requirements with the opportunity to participate in our retiree health plan. The obligation for premiums under the retiree health plan is shared by both us and the participants; and, our contributions to such premiums are capped. The retiree health plan does not provide dental benefits. Because Mr. Flaherty is the only Named Executive Officer that was employed by our Predecessor prior to January 1, 1991, he is the only Named Executive Officer eligible to participate in our retiree health plan. We also provide our employees with the opportunity to receive post-retirement life insurance on a non-discriminatory basis so long as certain age and service requirements are met. We have historically provided all eligible employees with a retirement program that consisted of two separate plans. All retirement plans discussed below are sponsored and administered by Axel Johnson.
Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans
The Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan, or the DB Plan, is a defined benefit pension plan. The DB Plan was discontinued as of December 31, 2003 and benefits were “frozen” as of that date with immediate vesting for all active participants in the plan at their then-accrued benefit level. The Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, or the RRP, is a related unfunded supplemental plan that provides benefits to employees participating in the DB Plan to the extent benefits cannot be paid from the DB Plan due to legal limitations on the amounts paid under qualified plans set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. In general, the RRP provides benefits for DB Plan participants whose benefits would be limited or whose allowable DB Plan compensation would be limited. As with the DB Plan, benefits under the RRP were frozen as of December 31, 2003. In place of the DB Plan, we implemented a new defined contribution plan, or the DC Plan. The DC Plan was implemented on January 1, 2004. We make all contributions under the DC Plan and participants are not allowed to make contributions. A defined contribution plan specifies the amounts the company will contribute to the plan, but investment decisions and the market risk of those decisions are the obligation of the participant. We contribute an amount equal to 5% of all eligible compensation (including base pay, annual bonus, overtime pay and commissions) each month to the plan into accounts for every eligible employee, including the Named
Executive Officers. Up to an additional 8% is contributed for employees with certain levels of service who participated in the DB Plan when it was frozen and were close to retirement age. This additional contribution is intended to help those employees with a shorter earnings horizon, as they had less time to adjust their financial retirement planning following our decision to freeze the DB Plan. Full-time employees or part-time employees who are regularly scheduled to work more than 1,000 hours annually are eligible to participate in the DC Plan. Participating employees are immediately 100% vested in all contributions under the DC Plan.
401(k) Thrift Plan
The second effective retirement plan is a 401(k) thrift plan. All employees who are scheduled to work more than 1,000 hours per year, including the Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute their own funds to their 401(k) account and we have historically made certain matching contributions. Employees can contribute between 2% and 70% of their pay (base pay, annual bonus, overtime pay, and commissions) on a pre-tax basis and/or an after-tax basis; however, combined pre-tax and after-tax contributions cannot exceed 70% of pay. The amounts that can be contributed are also subject to the annual limitations imposed by federal tax law. The company will match 60% of the first 6% of pay that an employee contributes to a pre-tax or Roth Plan. Participating employees are immediately 100% vested in all contributions including employee and company contributions as well as any earnings of the plan.
Automobiles and Auto Allowances
We provide cars to employees based on their job requirements, such as the amount of travel that is necessary in order for such employee to properly perform his or her job duties. Employees who are eligible to receive a car benefit may elect whether to receive the use of a company car or a cash auto allowance. In 2020, Mr. Flaherty was the only Named Executive Officer eligible to receive this benefit.
Risk Assessment
The board of directors has reviewed our compensation policies as generally applicable to the employees of our General Partner and believes that such policies do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking, and that the level of risk associated with such policies is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Each time a new compensation policy or program is implemented we consider any risks that may be created by its implementation and work to design the program so as to minimize such risks. In addition, we continually evaluate the effectiveness of our compensation programs, by analyzing the incentives such programs create and considering how we can minimize or eliminate incentives that may create risk for us.
Our compensation policies and practices are centrally designed and administered, and are substantially identical between our business divisions, except in cases such as commission arrangements which have been tailored to encourage specific sales behavior. In addition, we believe the following specific factors, in particular, reduce the likelihood of excessive risk-taking:
•Our overall compensation levels are competitive with the market.
•Our compensation mix is balanced among fixed components like salary and benefits, as well as annual incentives that reward overall company and individual performance.
•Our long-term equity incentive program ties vesting to performance over a period of multiple years with common units paid out at the end of the applicable performance period if the pre-established goals are met. These programs were designed to encourage executives to focus on unitholder interests over the longer term. In contrast, the annual incentive bonus focuses on performance over the shorter term. The combination of both programs appropriately focuses our employees on both our short- and long-term performance.
•The board of directors of our General Partner has retained an appropriate level of discretion to reduce annual incentive bonus payments if it determines that such adjustments would be appropriate based on our interests and the interests of our unitholders.
Although a significant portion of the compensation provided to our Named Executive Officers is performance-based, we believe our compensation programs do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking by the executive officers (or other employees) as these programs are designed to encourage employees to remain focused on both our short- and long-term operational and financial goals. We set performance goals that we believe are challenging but reasonable in light of our past performance and market conditions. At the end of each year, we review the performance of every employee as part of an annual performance review that involves several levels of management oversight. The results of those performance reviews, in addition to our short- and long-term performance, become a major factor in determining what incentives each employee will receive.
A portion of the performance-based, variable compensation we provide to our Named Executive Officers is comprised of awards that are subject to non-payment if the organization does not achieve a threshold level of distributable cash flow and Sprague Holdings Operating Cash Flow. As such, we believe that executives are less likely to take unreasonable risks. Once threshold levels of performance are achieved, our performance-based incentives provide payouts of compensation at levels below full performance target achievement, in lieu of an “all or nothing” approach.
Additionally, we have a Chief Risk Officer who serves as chair of the Risk Management Committee, comprised of several members of management and representatives of Sprague Holdings. The Risk Management Committee is responsible for reviewing policies and procedures which could encourage risk taking. In addition to our internal reporting structure, the Chief Risk Officer has a direct reporting relationship to the board of directors and has the authority to review all aspects of our business and to develop and maintain policies and procedures that discourage employees from taking unnecessary or inappropriate risks.
Our board of directors is currently reevaluating and redesigning our executive compensation for 2021 and the future, based on these principles and considerations.
Summary Compensation Table
The table below summarizes the total compensation earned by or paid to our Named Executive Officers during the last three fiscal years.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name and Title | | Year | | Salary ($)(1) | | Bonus ($) (2) | | Stock Awards ($)(3)(4) | | Change in Pension Value Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(5) | | All Other Compensation ($)(6) | | Total ($) |
David C. Glendon | | 2020 | | 381,177 | | | 45,000 | | | 727,177 | | | N/A | | 24,510 | | | 1,177,864 | |
President and Chief Executive Officer | | 2019 | | 371,307 | | | — | | | 502,400 | | | N/A | | 24,080 | | | 897,787 | |
| 2018 | | 369,936 | | | — | | | 466,000 | | | N/A | | 23,650 | | | 859,586 | |
David C. Long Chief Financial Officer | | 2020 | | 263,575 | | | 40,000 | | | 337,377 | | | 13,836 | | | 22,668 | | | 677,456 | |
| 2019 | | 255,000 | | | — | | | 171,520 | | | 16,857 | | | 21,898 | | | 465,275 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | 2020 | | 279,635 | | | 40,000 | | | 228,759 | | | 51,066 | | | 50,031 | | | 649,491 | |
Vice President, Refined Products | | 2019 | | 272,696 | | | — | | | 145,920 | | | 97,304 | | | 48,781 | | | 564,701 | |
| 2018 | | 271,611 | | | — | | | 122,325 | | | — | | | 49,400 | | | 443,336 | |
Steven D. Scammon | | 2020 | | 291,050 | | | 40,000 | | | 220,544 | | | 20,024 | | | 24,510 | | | 596,128 | |
Vice President, Chief Risk Officer | | 2019 | | 284,437 | | | — | | | 134,560 | | | 26,476 | | | 23,791 | | | 469,264 | |
| 2018 | | 283,306 | | | — | | | 116,500 | | | — | | | 23,650 | | | 423,456 | |
Brian W. Weego | | 2020 | | 270,000 | | | 30,000 | | | 228,759 | | | 20,175 | | | 23,560 | | | 572,494 | |
Vice President, Natural Gas | | 2019 | | 265,721 | | | — | | | 145,920 | | | 25,978 | | | 22,851 | | | 460,470 | |
| 2018 | | 263,637 | | | — | | | 122,325 | | | — | | | 23,057 | | | 409,019 | |
(1)Amounts in this column reflect all compensation earned by the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year as base salary.
(2)Amounts in this column for 2020 reflect the discretionary cash bonus paid to the Named Executive Officers for the 2020 year. Amounts in this column for 2019 and 2018 reflect the fact that no cash amounts were paid under our annual incentive bonus program for these years.
(3)Amounts in this column for 2020 reflect the grant date fair value for the common units granted to our Named Executive Officers as a 2020 annual incentive bonus, which for Mr. Glendon was $505,000, for Mssrs. Long and Scammon was $165,000, for Mr. Flaherty was $170,000, and for Mr. Weego was $170,000.
(4)This column also reflects the grant date fair value of the common units granted to our named executive officers as a 2020 long-term incentive bonus, which for Mr. Glendon was $222,177, for Mr. Long was $28,002, for Mssrs. Flaherty and Weego was $58,759, and for Mr. Scammon was $55,544, and the grant date fair value of a grant to Mr. Long of immediately vested restricted stock units which was $144,375.
(5)Amounts in this column represent the actuarial increase, if any, in the present value of benefits under the DB Plan and the RRP determined by using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in the Pension Benefits table below. Mr. Glendon does not participate in these plans. Negative values are not reported in this column and are instead indicated by use of a dash.
(6)The amounts set forth in this column for 2020 represent: (i) 401(k) plan matching contributions; (ii) our contribution to the DC Plan; (iii) Named Executive Officer car allowance for Mr. Flaherty; and, (iv) other incidental payments. Although we typically make a contribution to the DC Plan equal to 5% of each Named Executive Officer’s base pay, we make a supplemental contribution of an additional 5% for Mr. Flaherty as a result of his age and years of service at the time of the adoption of the DC Plan, and, as such, the amount of his DC Plan contribution is double that of the other Named Executive Officers. For a quantification of these benefits, please see the table below. For more information regarding these benefits, please see the Other Benefits section of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Recipient | | 401(k) Plan Matching Contribution ($) | | Defined Contribution Plan ($) | | Car Allowance ($) | | Other Incidental ($) | | All Other Compensation Total ($) |
David C. Glendon | | 10,260 | | 14,250 | | — | | — | | 24,510 |
David C. Long | | 9,489 | | 13,179 | | — | | — | | 22,668 |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | 10,067 | | 27,964 | | 12,000 | | — | | 50,031 |
Steven D. Scammon | | 10,260 | | 14,250 | | — | | — | | 24,510 |
Brian W. Weego | | 9,862 | | 13,698 | | — | | — | | 23,560 |
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table sets forth information regarding the performance-based phantom units granted in September 2020. These equity-based awards were granted pursuant to our LTIP and were cancelled for no value in the discretion of our board of directors. More information regarding the terms of these awards is provided in the “Components of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards” section of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Grant Date | | Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1) | | All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (2) | | Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(3) |
Threshold (#) | | Target (#) | | Maximum (#) | |
David C. Glendon | | 9/23/2020 | | — | | | 27,000 | | | 54,000 | | | — | | | 409,320 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
David C. Long | | 9/23/2020 | | — | | | 9,000 | | | 18,000 | | | — | | | 136,440 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 7,500 | | 144,375 | |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | 9/23/2020 | | — | | | 9,000 | | | 18,000 | | | — | | | 136,440 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Steven D. Scammon | | 9/23/2020 | | — | | | 7,000 | | | 14,000 | | | — | | | 106,120 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Brian W. Weego | | 9/23/2020 | | — | | | 9,000 | | | 18,000 | | | — | | | 136,440 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
(1)Amounts shown in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” columns represent the target and maximum settlement levels with respect to the performance-based phantom unit awards granted to our Named Executive Officers pursuant to our LTIP during 2020. The performance-based phantom unit awards do not have a threshold value. These phantom unit awards have been cancelled for no value. For more information regarding the performance-based phantom unit awards, please see the "Components of Compensation - Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards" section of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.
(2)The amount shown in this column represents a discretionary grant to Mr. Long of immediately vested restricted stock units during 2020. For more information regarding the performance-based phantom unit awards, please see the "Components of Compensation - Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards" section of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.
(3)The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to our Named Executive Officers in 2020 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, disregarding estimated forfeitures. The grant date
fair value of the phantom units issued pursuant to our long term equity incentive program was $15.16 per phantom unit and the grant date fair value of the discretionary grant of restricted stock units was $19.25. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of these awards see Note 20 - Equity and Equity-Based Compensation of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table reflects the total number and estimated value of outstanding performance based phantom units held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Stock Awards |
Name | | Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) | | Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) | | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) | | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(1) |
David C. Glendon | | — | | | — | | | 27,000 | (2) | 511,650 |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 30,000 | (3) | 568,500 |
| | | | | 20,000 | (4) | 379,000 |
David C. Long | | — | | | — | | | 9,000 | (2) | 170,550 |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 8,000 | (3) | 151,600 |
| | | | | — | | (4) | — | |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | — | | | — | | | 9,000 | (2) | 170,550 |
| | | | | | 8,000 | (2) | 151,600 |
| | | | | 5,250 | (3) | 99,488 |
Steven D. Scammon | | — | | | — | | | 7,000 | (2) | 132,650 |
| | | | | | 7,500 | (3) | 142,125 |
| | | | | 5,000 | (4) | 94,750 |
Brian W. Weego | | — | | | — | | | 9,000 | (2) | 170,550 |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 8,000 | (3) | 151,600 |
| | | | | 5,250 | (4) | 99,488 |
(1)Amounts represented assume a market value of $18.95 per common unit, the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2020.
(2) Because these awards do not have a threshold value, these figures represent the target settlement level with respect to the performance-based phantom unit awards granted to our Named Executive Officers pursuant to our LTIP on September 23, 2020 based on our performance through December 31, 2020 as required by the Exchange Act. These awards have since been terminated for no value. Neither the award nor any related dividend equivalent rights will vest or be paid at any time.
(3) Because these awards do not have a threshold value, these figures represent the target settlement level with respect to the performance-based phantom unit awards granted to our Named Executive Officers pursuant to our LTIP on March 12, 2019 based on our performance through December 31, 2020 as required by the Exchange Act. These awards have since been terminated for no value. Neither the award nor any related dividend equivalent rights will vest or be paid at any time.
(4) Because these awards do not have a threshold value, these figures represent the target settlement level with respect to the performance-based phantom unit awards granted to our Named Executive Officers pursuant to our LTIP on March 8, 2018 based on our performance through December 31, 2020 as required by the Exchange Act. These awards have been terminated for no value. Neither the award nor any related dividend equivalent rights will vest or be paid at any time.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
No time-based or performance-based phantom units held by our Named Executive Officers vested during 2020. We have not granted any stock options or stock appreciation rights under our LTIP or otherwise.
Pension Benefits
The following table summarizes the benefits that our Named Executive Officers have accrued under the DB Plan and the RRP in fiscal year 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Plan Name | | Number of Years Credited Service (#)(1)(2) | | Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)(3) | | Payments During 2020 Fiscal Year ($) |
David C. Glendon | | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan | | — | | — | | | — |
| | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan | | — | | — | | | — |
David C. Long | | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan | | 5.6 | | 74,067 | | | — |
| | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan | | — | | — | | | — |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan | | 20.4 | | 875,436 | | | — |
| | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan | | 20.4 | | 225,095 | | | — |
Steven D. Scammon | | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan | | 3.0 | | 125,972 | | | — |
| | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan | | 3.0 | | 35,783 | | | — |
Brian W. Weego | | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan | | 5.0 | | 132,498 | | | — |
| | Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan | | — | | — | | | — |
(1)Amounts in this column represent the number of years of credited service rounded to the nearest month and were frozen as of December 31, 2003.
(2)Mr. Glendon was not eligible to participate in the DB Plan or the RRP as he was hired after January 1, 2003.
(3)Amounts in this column represent the actuarial present value of each Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefit under the DB Plan and the RRP as of December 31, 2020. In quantifying the present value of the accumulated benefit indicated above, we used the same assumptions used for financial reporting purposes under GAAP, except that retirement age was assumed to be the earliest time at which a participant may retire under the plan without any benefit reduction due to age. The material assumptions were as follows: (i) an estimated discount rate of 2.60% for the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan and an estimated discount rate of 2.40% for the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan; (ii) the Pri-2012 annuitant table and the MP-2020 mortality improvement scale applied from the Pri-2012 mortality table base year; and, (iii) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 6.25%.
The information in the table above relates to our Named Executive Officers’ participation in the DB Plan and the RRP. The DB Plan and RRP were available to employees of subsidiaries of Axel Johnson who were scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week (or 1,000 hours per year), were not temporary or leased employees, and who satisfied a one-year waiting period. The DB Plan and the RRP were both discontinued as of December 31, 2003 and benefits were “frozen” (i.e., participants will experience no increase attributable to years of service or change in eligible earnings) as of that date with immediate vesting of all active participants in the plan at their then-accrued benefit level. We implemented the DC Plan on January 1, 2004 to replace the DB Plan.
The benefits paid under the RRP are determined by calculating the benefits payable from the DB Plan as if there were no legal limitations, and then subtracting the actual benefits payable from the DB Plan. The DB Plan benefit paid to participants is based on a formula using the employee’s final average compensation, credited service, and social security covered compensation, each of which is calculated on the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the date of retirement or termination. The annual annuity benefit payable at retirement under the DB Plan is calculated as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
1.1% of final average compensation | x | Credited service (up to 40 years, rounded to the nearest month) | + | 0.4% of final average compensation in excess of social security covered compensation | x | Credited service (up to 35 years, rounded to the nearest month) |
A participant’s “final average compensation” is calculated by taking the average of a participant’s highest pensionable earnings in any 60-consecutive-month period before the earlier of December 31, 2003, termination, or retirement. “Pensionable earnings” include regular wages or salary, overtime, shift differentials, short-term incentive payment, and commissions. Employees generally received one year of “credited service” for each calendar year in which the employee performed 1,000 hours or more of service. “Social security wage covered compensation” is typically the average of the social security wage bases for the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which a participant is eligible for unreduced social security
retirement benefits. However, because each participant’s benefit had to be calculated as of December 31, 2003 when the DB Plan was frozen, the calculation was based on the social security covered compensation in effect as of the earlier of 2003 or the year the participant terminated employment. If the calculation date was prior to social security retirement age, the social security covered compensation is calculated assuming the wage base for all future years is equal to the then-current year’s wage base.
The normal retirement age is 65 years old. A participant may qualify for early retirement if, when the participant leaves the company, that participant is at least 55 years old and has at least ten years of total credited service. As of December 31, 2020, under the DB Plan, Mr. Flaherty was the only Named Executive Officer eligible for normal retirement; whereas Named Executive Officer Mr. Scammon was eligible for early retirement. A participant can receive full DB Plan benefits as early as the participant’s 62nd birthday. If a participant elects to receive a benefit prior to age 62, the benefit would be reduced by 5/12% for each month (5% per year) that the benefit starts before age 62. If a participant ceases to be employed by us prior to age 55 or prior to accumulating ten years of credited service, the participant may elect to receive the deferred vested benefit beginning as early as age 55. However, if the participant elects to receive the benefit before the normal retirement date, such benefit will be reduced by 1/2 % for each month (6% per year) that payment of the benefit starts before the normal retirement date.
Payment methods are determined based on the participant’s marital status and/or election. The normal form of payment for a single participant is a life income annuity; for a married participant, it is a 50% joint and survivor annuity. Optional payment methods include a contingent annuitant option at 50%, 75% or 100%; a life income option; a 120 month certain and life income option; or a Social Security adjustment option. If a married participant dies, his or her spouse is entitled to survivor benefits. The time and form of payment under the RRP is typically identical to the time and form of payment under the DB Plan or may be in the form of an actuarially equivalent lump sum paid at the time benefits commence under the DB Plan.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control
The Named Executive Officers did not have agreements with us that contained severance provisions or change in control payment provisions during the 2020 fiscal year. However, we have a general practice of paying severance to certain of our employees in the event they are terminated by us without cause and they execute a release. A termination without “cause” has historically been determined on a case-by-case basis rather than by applying any one definition or a specific set of events to each employee. The severance payments historically provided to executives, such as the Named Executive Officers, serving at the Vice President level and above, consist of the following: (i) 12 months of continued base salary severance, (ii) 6 months of outplacement support; and, (iii) health and dental insurance for 12 months provided at the same cost as such individual paid during his or her employment with us.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Cash Severance ($)(1) | | Outplacement Support ($)(2) | | Health and Dental ($)(3) | | Accelerated Equity ($)(4) | | Total Potential Termination Benefits ($) |
David C. Glendon | | | | | | | | | | |
Termination Without Cause | | 375,000 | | | 6,000 | | | 23,401 | | | — | | | 404,401 | |
Retirement, Death, Disability | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1,099,100 | | | 1,099,100 | |
David C. Long | | | | | | | | | | |
Termination Without Cause | | 260,024 | | | 6,000 | | | 25,221 | | | — | | 291,245 | |
Retirement, Death, Disability | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 315,833 | | | 315,833 | |
Thomas F. Flaherty | | | | | | | | | | |
Termination Without Cause | | 275,014 | | | 6,000 | | | 17,584 | | | — | | 298,598 | |
Retirement, Death, Disability | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 315,833 | | | 315,833 | |
Steven D. Scammon | | | | | | | | | | |
Termination Without Cause | | 286,001 | | | 6,000 | | | 23,401 | | | — | | 315,402 | |
Retirement, Death, Disability | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 277,933 | | | 277,933 | |
Brian W. Weego | | | | | | | | | | |
Termination Without Cause | | 270,000 | | | 6,000 | | | 17,584 | | | — | | 293,584 | |
Retirement, Death, Disability | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 315,833 | | | 315,833 | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
(1) Amounts in this column reflect 12 months' worth of continued base salary severance based on each Named Executive Officer's base salary in effect as of December 31, 2020.
(2) Amounts in this column reflect the estimated cost to us of providing outplacement services to the Named Executive Officers over a six-month period. The actual cost of such services could vary based on the individual needs of each Named Executive Officer and the outside provider of such services.
(3) Amounts in this column reflect the value of continued health and dental benefits for a 12-month period based on the value of the benefits received by each individual as of December 31, 2020.
(4) Had they not been terminated following the end of the 2020 year, a prorated portion of the performance-based phantom units granted in 2019 and 2020 would remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance, as determined following the end of the applicable performance period, in the event of a Named Executive Officer's separation from service due to a qualified retirement, death or Disability (as described below) prior to the completion of the applicable performance period. The performance periods applicable to the 2019 and 2020 awards will end on December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and the number of phantom units that would vest for each award will be based on performance through the last day of the applicable performance period. Based upon the performance metrics applicable to the 2019 phantom unit awards and using our performance through December 31, 2020, it is estimated that the phantom units granted in 2019 would vest at the maximum level following the end of the performance period, and accordingly the maximum value of the 2019 awards are included in the calculation of our Named Executive Officers' retirement or termination due to death or Disability on December 31, 2020, calculated using the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2020, which was $18.95. Based upon the performance metrics applicable to the 2020 phantom unit awards and using our performance through December 31, 2020, it is estimated that the phantom units granted in 2020 would vest at the maximum level following the end of the performance period, and accordingly the maximum value of the 2020 awards are included in the calculation of our Named Executive Officers' retirement or termination due to death or Disability on December 31, 2020, calculated using the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2020, which was $18.95.
The Named Executive Officers are not entitled to any payments or benefits upon a change in control of us. However, the LTIP provides that on the occurrence of a “Change of Control” (as defined below), the board of directors, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any grantee, may, among other things, remove any applicable forfeiture restrictions on any award under the LTIP and accelerate the time at which the restricted period shall lapse to a specific date before or after such Change of Control.
The LTIP provides that “Change of Control” means one or more of the following events: (i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than members of the General Partner, the Partnership, or an affiliate of either the General Partner or the Partnership, becomes the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the voting securities of the General Partner or us; (ii) the limited partners of the General Partner or of us approve, in one transaction or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the General Partner or us; (iii) the sale or other disposition by either the General Partner or us of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any person other than an affiliate; (iv) the General Partner or an affiliate of the General Partner or us ceases to be our General Partner; or (v) any other event specified as a “Change of Control” in an applicable award agreement. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an award that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a “Change of Control” will not occur unless that Change of Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” a “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets,” in each case, within the meaning of 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, as applied to non-corporate entities.
For the performance-based phantom units granted in 2019 and 2020, the applicable award agreements provide that in the event the Named Executive Officer ceases to provide services to us, our General Partner, or our respective affiliates before the end of the applicable performance period by reason of: (i) the Named Executive Officer’s retirement (A) on or after having attained age 60, provided that such Named Executive Officer has provided at least ten consecutive years of service as of the date of such retirement, or (B) having attained the age of 65, (ii) death, or (iii) Disability (as defined below), then, in each case, the Named Executive Officer is eligible to receive the number of phantom units he or she would otherwise be entitled to receive under the award agreement based on the actual level of performance attainment determined following the end of the applicable performance period, prorated by the number of days that elapsed in the applicable performance period prior to such cessation of services to us, our General Partner, or our respective affiliates. Other than in the event of a separation from service due to a qualified retirement, death or Disability, the Named Executive Officers must remain employed through the applicable date of vesting of the performance-based phantom unit awards, which coincides with the last day of the applicable performance period, in order to receive delivery of the common units thereunder.
For purposes of these agreements, “Disability” means that the applicable Named Executive Officer becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under our long-term disability plan, or, if the Named Executive Officer does not participate in our long-term disability plan, that he or she is unable to perform the essential functions of his or her position, with reasonable accommodation, due to an illness or physical impairment or other incapacity that continues, or can reasonably be expected to
continue, for a period in excess of 180 days, whether or not consecutive. The determination of whether a Named Executive Officer has incurred a Disability under the foregoing shall be made in good faith by the board of directors.
The above descriptions of the phantom unit award agreements and our LTIP do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the phantom unit award agreements and the LTIP, which have been previously filed with the SEC. The LTIP provides that “Change of Control” means one or more of the following events: (i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than members of the General Partner, the Partnership, or an affiliate of either the General Partner or the Partnership, becomes the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the voting securities of the General Partner or us; (ii) the limited partners of the General Partner or of us approve, in one transaction or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the General Partner or us; (iii) the sale or other disposition by either the General Partner or us of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any person other than an affiliate; (iv) the General Partner or an affiliate of the General Partner or us ceases to be our General Partner; or (v) any other event specified as a “Change of Control” in an applicable award agreement. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an award that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a “Change of Control” will not occur unless that Change of Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” a “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets,” in each case, within the meaning of 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, as applied to non-corporate entities.
For the performance-based phantom units granted in 2019 and 2020, the applicable award agreements provide that in the event the Named Executive Officer ceases to provide services to us, our General Partner, or our respective affiliates before the end of the applicable performance period by reason of: (i) the Named Executive Officer’s retirement (A) on or after having attained age 60, provided that such Named Executive Officer has provided at least ten consecutive years of service as of the date of such retirement, or (B) having attained the age of 65, (ii) death, or (iii) Disability (as defined below), then, in each case, the Named Executive Officer is eligible to receive the number of phantom units he or she would otherwise be entitled to receive under the award agreement based on the actual level of performance attainment determined following the end of the applicable performance period, prorated by the number of days that elapsed in the applicable performance period prior to such cessation of services to us, our General Partner, or our respective affiliates. Other than in the event of a separation from service due to a qualified retirement, death or Disability, the Named Executive Officers must remain employed through the applicable date of vesting of the performance-based phantom unit awards, which coincides with the last day of the applicable performance period, in order to receive delivery of the common units thereunder.
For purposes of these agreements, “Disability” means that the applicable Named Executive Officer becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under our long-term disability plan, or, if the Named Executive Officer does not participate in our long-term disability plan, that he or she is unable to perform the essential functions of his or her position, with reasonable accommodation, due to an illness or physical impairment or other incapacity that continues, or can reasonably be expected to continue, for a period in excess of 180 days, whether or not consecutive. The determination of whether a Named Executive Officer has incurred a Disability under the foregoing shall be made in good faith by the board of directors.
The above descriptions of the phantom unit award agreements and our LTIP do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the phantom unit award agreements and the LTIP, which have been previously filed with the SEC.
CEO Pay Ratio - 14.3:1
Pursuant to Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, this section provides information regarding the relationship of the annual total compensation for fiscal year 2019 of Mr. Glendon, our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), to that of our Median Employee (as defined below).
For fiscal year 2020, our CEO’s annual total compensation, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table, was $1,177,864, and our Median Employee’s annual total compensation was $82,217. The ratio of our CEO’s total annual compensation to that of our Median Employee for fiscal year 2019 is 14.3 to 1.
Determining our Median Employee
In determining our Median Employee (as defined below), we selected October 31, 2020 as the date on which to identify our total employee population, which includes all employees in the U.S. and Canada. Employees on leave of absence were also included. In identifying our Median Employee, we used the actual compensation of all of our employees for the twelve-month period of January 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020, which included the following items:
i.Actual wages and salaries based on all payroll payments, excluding group term life; and
ii.Actual target annual incentive bonus amounts for each employee.
For permanent employees who were not employed for the full twelve-month period, their wages, salaries and target annual incentive bonuses were adjusted to reflect an estimate of such base rates of pay for the full twelve-month period. Wages and salaries were not adjusted for seasonal, part-time or temporary employees. In addition, we applied a Canadian to U.S. dollar exchange rate of 0.78 USD per 1.00 CAD at December 31, 2020 to the compensation elements paid in Canadian currency.
After calculating each employee’s compensation using this consistently applied methodology, we then ranked all of our employees, excluding the CEO, based on compensation from lowest to highest. We calculated the annual total compensation of the employee ranked 405 in the same manner as the "Total Compensation" shown for our CEO in the Summary Compensation Table above to determine compensation for the median employee ("Median Employee").
2020 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
We use a combination of cash and equity compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve as directors of our General Partner. In setting director compensation, we consider the time commitment directors must make in performing their duties, the level of skills required by directors and the market competitiveness of director compensation levels.
Each non-employee director receives an annual retainer of $60,000, paid in quarterly installments. Each non-employee director also receives an annual equity award, granted within five business days of October 15 of each year, equal to the number of fully vested common units having a grant date fair value of approximately $60,000. Further, each non-employee director serving as a chairman or a member of a committee of the board receives an annual supplemental retainer of $10,000 or $5,000, respectively, paid in quarterly installments. All directors receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses associated with attending meetings of the board or committees of the board of directors. Each director is covered by liability insurance and will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.
The table below summarizes the compensation paid to independent directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name (1) | | Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(2) | | Unit Awards ($)(3) | | Total ($) |
C. Gregory Harper | | 110,000 | | 60,000 | | 170,000 | |
Beth A. Bowman | | 110,000 | | 60,000 | | 170,000 | |
Ben J. Hennelly | | 70,000 | | 60,000 | | 130,000 | |
Gary A. Rinaldi | | 60,000 | | 60,000 | | 120,000 | |
(1)Mr. Milligan and Ms. Sarsfield, as officers of Axel Johnson, and Mr. Glendon are not included in this table because they receive no separate compensation for their services as directors. The compensation received by Mr. Glendon as a Named Executive Officer is shown in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate dollar amount of fees earned or paid in cash for fiscal year 2020, including annual retainer fees and chairmanship or membership fees. Ms. Bowman served on the Conflicts Committee (Chairman) and the Audit Committee, and Mr. Harper served on the Audit Committee (Chairman) and Conflicts Committee. Mr. Hennelly was a member of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee during the year ended December 31, 2020. Ms. Bowman and Mr. Harper received an additional annual fee of $35,000 for their work on the Conflicts Committee related to the non-binding proposal from Sprague Holdings, dated March 25, 2020, to acquire all of the outstanding common units of the Partnership not already owned by Sprague Holdings and its affiliates.
(3)Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Messrs. Harper, Hennelly and Rinaldi and Ms. Bowman all received a fully vested grant of 3866 common units valued at approximately $60,000 in October 2020. Please see Note 20 - Equity and Equity-Based Compensation in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for assumptions used in valuing our common units.
(4)On December 31, 2020, none of our directors held outstanding, unvested equity awards.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of common units of Sprague Resources LP that are issued and outstanding as of March 4, 2021 and held by:
•each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding units, including Sprague Holdings;
•each of the directors of and nominees to our General Partner’s board of directors;
•each of the named executive officers of our General Partner; and
•all of the directors, director nominees and executive officers of our General Partner as a group.
All of such information is based on publicly available filings, unless otherwise known to us from other sources. The amounts and percentage of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Name of Beneficial Owner | Common Units Beneficially Owned | | Percentage of Common Units Beneficially Owned |
Sprague Holdings LLC (1)(2) | 12,951,236 | | | 56.4% |
Axel Johnson (2)(3) | 12,951,236 | | | 56.4% |
Lexa International Corporation (2)(4) | 12,951,236 | | | 56.4% |
Antonia Ax:son Johnson (2)(5) | 12,951,236 | | | 56.4% |
Hartree Partners GP, LLC (6) | 3,495,511 | | | 15.2% |
Hartree Bulk Storage & HP Bulk Storage Manager (7) | 3,495,511 | | | 15.2% |
Gary A. Rinaldi | 117,709 | | | * |
David C. Glendon | 100,887 | | | * |
Thomas E. Flaherty | 38,069 | | | * |
Brian W. Weego | 34,719 | | | * |
Steven D. Scammon | 31,123 | | | * |
Michael D. Milligan | 20,000 | | | * |
C. Gregory Harper | 23,851 | | | * |
Beth A. Bowman | 19,525 | | | * |
Sally A. Sarsfield | 4,100 | | | * |
Ben J. Hennelly | — | | | * |
All executive officers and directors of our General Partner as a group (15 persons) | 462,673 | | (8) | 2.0% |
| | | | | |
* | Represents less than 1%. |
(1)The address for this entity is 185 International Drive, Portsmouth, NH 03801.
(2)Common units shown as beneficially owned by Axel Johnson, Lexa International Corporation and Antonia Ax:son Johnson reflect common units owned of record by Sprague Holdings. Sprague Holdings is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and, as such, Axel Johnson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings and its subsidiaries, but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Axel Johnson is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lexa International Corporation and, as such, Lexa International Corporation may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings, but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Lexa International Corporation, through certain non-U.S. entities, is controlled by Antonia Ax:son Johnson and, as such, Antonia Ax:son Johnson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings, but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, the Partnership is expected to issue 3,107,248 common units to Sprague Holdings on March 5, 2021.
(3)The address for this entity is 155 Spring Street, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10012.
(4)The address for this entity is 2410 Old Ivy Road, Suite 300, Charlottesville, VA 22903.
(5)The address for this person is c/o Axel Johnson Inc. 155 Spring Street, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10012.
(6)The address of Hartree Partners GP, LLC ("Hartree") is 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036. Hartree reported shared voting power and shared dispositive power for 2,115,365 common units that are held by Hartree and/or its subsidiaries. Beneficial ownership reported is based solely on Form 13F filed on February 16.
(7)The address of Hartree Bulk Storage, LLC and HP Bulk Storage Manager, LLC (collectively "Hartree Bulk Storage") is 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036. Hartree Bulk Storage reported shared voting power and shared dispositive power for 1,375,00 common units that are held by Hartree Bulk Storage and/or its subsidiaries. Beneficial Ownership reported is based solely on Schedule 13D filed on September 29, 2020.
(8)The address of each of the executive officers and directors is 185 International Drive, Portsmouth, NH 03801.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following information is reported as of December 31, 2020.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights | | Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights | | Number of Securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
Plan Category | | (a)(1) | | (b)(2) | | (c) |
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | | 436,037 | | — | | 520,562 |
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | | — | | — | | — |
(1)Awards in this column represent the total number of all performance-based phantom units granted under our LTIP and outstanding as of December 31, 2020. We have not granted any stock option awards.
(2)The outstanding phantom units do not have an exercise price. As such, there is no weighted average exercise price to report for outstanding awards.
Our only equity compensation plan is the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, also referred to herein as the “LTIP”. The LTIP was approved by our shareholders prior to our initial public offering but has not been approved by our public shareholders. A description of the material terms of the LTIP is available in our registration statement on Form S-1, last filed on October 15, 2013 under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”
Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
Distributions and Payments to Sprague Holdings and Its Affiliates
The following summarizes the distributions and payments made or to be made by us to Sprague Holdings and its affiliates in connection with our formation and ongoing operation and distributions and payments that would be made by us if we were to liquidate in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.
Formation Stage
Consideration given to Sprague Holdings and its affiliates for the contributions of assets and liabilities to us included the following:
•1,571,970 common units;
•10,071,970 subordinated units (converted to common units on February 16, 2017);
•non-economic general partner interest; and
•incentive distribution rights; and
Operational Stage
Distributions of Cash to Sprague Holdings and its Affiliates
We will generally make cash distributions to common unitholders, including Sprague Holdings as the holder of an aggregate of 12,951,236 common units. Our General Partner will not receive distributions on its non-economic general partner interest. If distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, the holders of our incentive distribution rights (currently Sprague Holdings) will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target level. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Sprague Holdings received $8.3 million related to its incentive distribution rights and received distributions of approximately $31.5 million on its common units.
On February 11, 2021, Sprague Holdings provided notice to the Partnership that Sprague Holdings had made an IDR Reset Election (the “IDR Reset Election”), as defined in our partnership agreement. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, the Partnership will issue 3,107,248 common units to Sprague Holdings, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be increased from $0.4125 per common unit per quarter to $0.6675 per common unit per quarter and the levels at which the incentive distribution rights participate in distributions will be reset at higher amounts based on current common unit distribution rates and a formula in our partnership agreement. The IDR Reset Election is expected to be consummated on March 5, 2021.
Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates
Our General Partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of us, except as set forth in the services agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the IPO. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, our General Partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf.
Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our General Partner agreed to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us, and we agreed to reimburse our General Partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our General Partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Neither the partnership agreement nor the services agreement limits the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our General Partner or its affiliates. The aggregate amount of reimbursements and fees paid by us to our General Partner was $92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner
If our General Partner withdraws or is removed, the general partner interest and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests.
Liquidation Stage
Liquidation
Upon our liquidation, our partners, including our General Partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their respective capital account balances.
Agreements with Affiliates
In connection with the completion of our IPO on October 30, 2013, we entered into certain agreements with our sponsor and certain of its affiliates, as described below.
Omnibus Agreement
We entered into an omnibus agreement with Axel Johnson, Sprague Holdings and our General Partner that addresses the agreement of Axel Johnson to offer to us and to cause its controlled affiliates to offer to us opportunities to acquire certain businesses and assets and the obligation of Sprague Holdings to indemnify us for certain liabilities. This agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The omnibus agreement may be terminated (other than with respect to the indemnification provisions) by any party to the agreement in the event that Axel Johnson, directly or indirectly, owns less than 50% of the voting equity of our General Partner.
Right of First Refusal
Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson has agreed, and has caused its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our General Partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates has the opportunity to acquire a controlling interest in any assets or any business having assets that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of the IPO and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada, then Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates will offer such acquisition opportunity to us and give us a reasonable opportunity to acquire such assets or businesses either before Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates acquire it or promptly after the consummation of such acquisition by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, at a price equal to the purchase price paid or to be paid by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates plus any related transactions costs and expenses incurred by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates. Our decision to acquire or not acquire any such assets or businesses will require the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner. Any assets or businesses that we do not acquire pursuant to the right of first refusal may be acquired and operated by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates.
This right of first refusal will not apply to:
•Any acquisition of any additional interests in any assets or businesses owned by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates at the time of the IPO but not contributed to us in connection with the IPO, including any replacements and natural extensions thereof;
•Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of the IPO and that do not operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada;
•Any investment in or acquisition of a minority non-controlling interest in any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses described above; or
•Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses that Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, at the time of the closing of the IPO, are actively seeking to invest in or acquire, or have the right to invest in or acquire.
Right of Negotiation
Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson has agreed and has caused its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our General Partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates decide to attempt to sell (other than to another controlled affiliate of Axel Johnson) any assets or businesses that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of the IPO and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada (including its interests in any assets or equity interests in any business that, at the time of the IPO, it is actively seeking to invest in or acquire or has the right to invest in or acquire), Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate will notify us of its desire to sell such assets or businesses and, prior to selling such assets or businesses to a third party, will negotiate with us exclusively and in good faith for a period of 60 days in order to give us an opportunity to enter into definitive documentation for the purchase and sale of such assets or businesses on terms that are mutually acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate and us. If we and Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate have not entered into a letter of intent or a definitive purchase and sale agreement with respect to such assets or businesses within such 60 days, Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate will have the right to sell such assets or businesses to a third party following the expiration of such 60 days on any terms that are acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate and such third party. Our decision to acquire or not to acquire assets or businesses pursuant to this right will require the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner.
Indemnification
Under the omnibus agreement, Sprague Holdings will indemnify us for losses attributable to a failure to own any of the equity interests contributed to us in connection with the formation transactions and income taxes attributable to pre-closing operations and the formation transactions.
Services Agreement
The Partnership, Sprague Energy Solutions, Inc. (“Sprague Solutions”) and Sprague Holdings entered into a services agreement with our General Partner pursuant to which our General Partner agreed to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us and our subsidiaries, Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, we agreed to reimburse our General Partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our General Partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our General Partner agreed to provide the same services to Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings, which also agreed to reimburse our General Partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services.
The services agreement does not limit the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our General Partner or its affiliates. The amount of reimbursements and fees paid by us to our General Partner was $92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The initial term of the services agreement was for five years, beginning on October 30, 2013. The agreement automatically renews at the end of the initial term for successive one-year terms until terminated by us or by Sprague Solutions or by giving 180 days prior written notice to our General Partner. The agreement will automatically terminate on the date Sprague Resources GP LLC ceases to be our General Partner. The provisions of the services agreement that are applicable to Sprague Holdings may be terminated by Sprague Holdings by giving 180 days prior written notice to our General Partner, and will automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Holdings ceases to be our affiliate. The provisions of the services agreement applicable to Sprague Solutions shall automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Solutions ceases to be a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of us. The services agreement does not limit the ability of the officers and employees of our General Partner to provide services to other affiliates of Sprague Holdings or unaffiliated third parties.
The services agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to the agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Terminal Operating Agreement
We entered into an exclusive terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings, or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, with respect to the terminal in New Bedford, Massachusetts. Pursuant to the terminal operating agreement, we were granted the exclusive use and operation of, and will retain title to all of the refined products stored at, the New Bedford terminal in exchange for a monthly fee of $15,200, subject to adjustment for changes in the Consumer Price Index for the Northeast region. This agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The initial term of the terminal operating agreement was for five years, beginning on October 30, 2013 and the agreement has been subsequently extended through October 30, 2023. Additionally, the terminal operating agreement will terminate upon 60 days’ written notice from Sprague Holdings or Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC in the event that Sprague Holdings or Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC determines that termination is necessary to facilitate the sale or development of the New Bedford terminal.
Director Independence
The information required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K is included in Part III, Item 10 - "Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” above.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The Audit Committee has selected Ernst & Young LLP to serve as the Partnership’s independent auditor for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. The Audit Committee in its discretion may select a different registered public accounting firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change will be in the best interests of the Partnership and our unitholders.
Audit Fees
The following table presents fees billed for auditing, tax and related services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP to us for each of the last two fiscal years.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Fiscal 2020 | | Fiscal 2019 |
Audit Fees (1) | $ | 2,056,517 | | | $ | 2,345,000 | |
Audit-Related Fees | — | | | 7,820 | |
Tax Fees (2) | 248,958 | | | 310,298 | |
| | | |
Total | $ | 2,305,475 | | | $ | 2,663,118 | |
(1)Audit fees consisted of the audit of our annual financial statements, reviews of our interim financial statements and services associated with SEC registration statements and other SEC matters.
(2)Tax fees consisted of services related to tax compliance, the review of our partnership Form K-1, and research and consultation on other tax related matters.
Policy for Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services
Our audit committee charter requires that all services provided by our independent public accountants, both audit and non-audit, must be pre-approved by the audit committee. The pre-approval of audit and non-audit services may be given at any time up to a year before commencement of the specified service.
In determining whether to approve a particular audit or permitted non-audit service, the audit committee will consider, among other things, whether such service is consistent with maintaining the independence of the independent public accountants. The audit committee will also consider whether the independent public accountants are best positioned to provide the most effective and efficient service to us and whether the service might be expected to enhance our ability to manage or control risk or improve audit quality.
All fees paid or expected to be paid to Ernst & Young LLP for fiscal 2020 and 2019 were pre-approved by the audit committee in accordance with this policy.
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits—The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
| | | | | |
1 | Sprague Resources LP Audited Consolidated Financial Statements: |
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
| | | | | |
2 | Financial Statement Schedules—No schedules are included because the required information is inapplicable or is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes thereto. |
| | | | | | | | |
Exhibit No. | | Description |
| | |
2.1*** | | Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 18, 2017, by and among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, Coen Oil Company, LLC, Coen Markets, Inc., and The Thomaston Land Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Sprague Resources LP’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 19, 2017 (File No. 001-36137)). |
| | |
2.2*** | | |
| | |
2.3*** | | |
3.1 | | |
| | |
3.2 | | |
| | |
3.3* | | |
| | |
3.4 | | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | |
Exhibit No. | | Description |
| |
3.5 | | |
| | |
3.6 | | |
| |
3.7 | | |
| | |
3.8* | | Composite copy of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP, dated as of October 30, 2013, as amended by Amendment No. 1, effective December 20, 2017, Amendment No. 2, effective October 25, 2019, and Amendment No. 3, effective March 1, 2021. |
| | |
4.1 | | |
| | |
10.1 | | Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2020, among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as U.S. borrower, Kildair Service ULC, as Canadian borrower, the several lenders parties thereto, MUFG Bank Ltd., as administrative agent, the co-syndication agents, the co-collateral agents and the co-documentation agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Sprague Resources LP’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 21, 2020 (File No. 001-36137)). |
| | |
10.2 | | |
| | |
10.3 | | |
| |
10.4 | | |
| | |
10.5 | | |
| | |
10.6† | | |
| | |
10.7† | | |
| | |
10.8† | | |
| | |
10.9† | | |
| | | | | | | | |
Exhibit No. | | Description |
| | |
10.10† | | |
| | |
10.11† | | |
| | |
10.12† | | |
| | |
21.1* | | |
| | |
23.1* | | |
| | |
31.1* | | |
| | |
31.2* | | |
| | |
32.1** | | |
| | |
32.2** | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| |
101.INS* | | Inline XBRL Instance Document - The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document. |
101.SCH* | | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
101.CAL* | | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation |
101.DEF* | | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition |
101.LAB* | | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase |
101.PRE* | | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation |
104* | | Cover Page Interactive Data File (Formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) |
| | | | | |
† | Compensatory plan or arrangement. |
* | Filed herewith. |
** | Furnished herewith in accordance with Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K. |
*** | Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules to the Asset Purchase Agreements have been omitted. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC, upon its request, any or all omitted schedules and its materiality and privacy or confidentiality analyses. |
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| | | | | |
Sprague Resources LP |
| |
By: | Sprague Resources GP LLC, its General Partner |
| |
By: | /s/ David C. Glendon |
| David C. Glendon |
| President, Chief Executive Officer |
| (On behalf of the registrant, and in his capacity as principal executive officer) |
| |
Date: | March 4, 2021 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | |
Signature | | Title | | Date |
| | |
/s/ Michael D. Milligan | | | | March 4, 2021 |
Michael D. Milligan | | Chairman of the Board of Directors | |
| | | | |
/s/ David C. Glendon | | | | March 4, 2021 |
David C. Glendon | | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | | |
| | | | |
/s/ David C. Long | | | | March 4, 2021 |
David C. Long | | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
| | |
| | | | |
/s/ Beth A. Bowman | | | | March 4, 2021 |
Beth A. Bowman | | Director | |
| | | | |
/s/ C. Gregory Harper | | | | March 4, 2021 |
C. Gregory Harper | | Director | |
| | | | |
/s/ Ben J. Hennelly | | | | March 4, 2021 |
Ben J. Hennelly | | Director | |
| | | | |
/s/ Gary A. Rinaldi | | | | March 4, 2021 |
Gary A. Rinaldi | | Director | |
| | | | |
/s/ Sally A. Sarsfield | | | | March 4, 2021 |
Sally A. Sarsfield | | Director | | |
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Sprague Resources GP and Unitholders of Sprague Resources LP
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sprague Resources LP (the Partnership) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, unitholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 4, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment
| | | | | |
Description of the Matter | At December 31, 2020, the Partnership’s goodwill balance was $115 million. As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Partnership tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an as needed basis or at least annually, using either a qualitative assessment or a single step quantitative approach. In instances where a quantitative impairment test of goodwill allocated to a reporting unit is performed, the Partnership estimates the fair value of the reporting unit based on future net discounted cash flows.
Auditing management's annual quantitative goodwill impairment test was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the Partnership's reporting units. In particular, the fair values of the reporting units are sensitive to significant assumptions, such as forecasted operating results, discount rates and growth rates, which contemplate business, market and overall economic conditions.
|
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
| We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the Partnership’s processes to assess goodwill for impairment, including the controls over management’s review of the significant assumptions described above.
To test the estimated fair value of the Partnership’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures, with the support of our valuation specialists, that included, among others, assessing the valuation methodology selected by management and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used by management in its analysis. We compared the growth rates, forecasted operating results, and other cash flow assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends, the reporting units’ historical results, and results and projections of relevant peer companies in the industry. We evaluated the selection of the discount rate by developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the rates selected by management. We also assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions. |
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Partnership’s auditor since 2007.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 4, 2021
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Sprague Resources GP and Unitholders of Sprague Resources LP
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Sprague Resources LP’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Sprague Resources LP (the Partnership) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Partnership as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, unitholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and our report dated March 4, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Partnership’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 4, 2021
Sprague Resources LP
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands except unit amounts)
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, 2020 | | December 31, 2019 |
Assets | | | |
Current assets: | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 3,771 | | | $ | 5,386 | |
Accounts receivable, net | 193,015 | | | 281,527 | |
Inventories | 255,533 | | | 293,224 | |
Fair value of derivative assets | 145,957 | | | 77,871 | |
Other current assets | 67,406 | | | 63,705 | |
Total current assets | 665,682 | | | 721,713 | |
Fair value of derivative assets long-term | 20,021 | | | 16,807 | |
Property, plant, and equipment, net | 335,296 | | | 348,039 | |
Intangibles, net | 41,142 | | | 49,764 | |
Other assets, net | 22,252 | | | 24,183 | |
Goodwill | 115,037 | | | 115,037 | |
Total assets | $ | 1,199,430 | | | $ | 1,275,543 | |
Liabilities and unitholders’ equity | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | |
Accounts payable | $ | 97,280 | | | $ | 147,577 | |
Accrued liabilities | 46,645 | | | 43,386 | |
Fair value of derivative liabilities | 154,105 | | | 74,154 | |
Due to General Partner | 10,915 | | | 5,653 | |
Current portion of working capital facilities | 358,685 | | | 437,184 | |
Current portion of other obligations | 6,968 | | | 13,858 | |
Total current liabilities | 674,598 | | | 721,812 | |
Commitments and contingencies | 0 | | 0 |
| | | |
Acquisition facility | 382,400 | | | 374,600 | |
Fair value of derivative liabilities long-term | 20,240 | | | 13,439 | |
Other obligations, less current portion | 39,309 | | | 41,413 | |
Operating lease liabilities, less current portion | 5,653 | | | 11,850 | |
Due to General Partner | 2,751 | | | 2,445 | |
Deferred income taxes | 15,784 | | | 16,202 | |
Total liabilities | 1,140,735 | | | 1,181,761 | |
Unitholders’ equity: | | | |
Common unitholders - public (9,995,069 and 10,641,561 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively) | 154,238 | | | 180,302 | |
Common unitholders - affiliated (12,951,236 and 12,106,348 units issued and outstanding as of December 31,2020 and 2019, respectively) | (69,561) | | | (66,832) | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax | (25,982) | | | (19,688) | |
Total unitholders’ equity | 58,695 | | | 93,782 | |
Total liabilities and unitholders’ equity | $ | 1,199,430 | | | $ | 1,275,543 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Sprague Resources LP
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | |
Cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) | 2,071,805 | | | 3,228,003 | | | 3,445,385 | |
Operating expenses | 77,070 | | | 84,924 | | | 88,659 | |
Selling, general and administrative | 81,514 | | | 78,135 | | | 80,799 | |
Depreciation and amortization | 34,066 | | | 34,015 | | | 33,378 | |
Total operating costs and expenses | 2,264,455 | | | 3,425,077 | | | 3,648,221 | |
Other operating income | 8,094 | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Operating income | 79,622 | | | 77,333 | | | 122,912 | |
Other income (expense) | 1,948 | | | (378) | | | 293 | |
Interest income | 299 | | | 555 | | | 577 | |
Interest expense | (40,669) | | | (42,944) | | | (38,931) | |
Income before income taxes | 41,200 | | | 34,566 | | | 84,851 | |
Income tax provision | (7,389) | | | (3,310) | | | (5,032) | |
Net income | 33,811 | | | 31,256 | | | 79,819 | |
Incentive distributions declared | (8,292) | | | (6,163) | | | (7,879) | |
Limited partners’ interest in net income | $ | 25,519 | | | $ | 25,093 | | | $ | 71,940 | |
| | | | | |
Net income per limited partner unit: | | | | | |
Common—basic | $ | 1.11 | | | $ | 1.10 | | | $ | 3.17 | |
Common—diluted | $ | 1.11 | | | $ | 1.10 | | | $ | 3.16 | |
Weighted average units used to compute net income per limited partner unit: | | | | | |
Common—basic | 22,901,140 | | | 22,736,916 | | | 22,728,218 | |
Common—diluted | 22,905,113 | | | 22,770,883 | | | 22,737,404 | |
| | | | | |
Distribution declared per unit | $ | 2.67 | | | $ | 2.67 | | | $ | 2.66 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Sprague Resources LP
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in thousands)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Net income | $ | 33,811 | | | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 79,819 | |
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax: | | | | | |
Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps | | | | | |
Net loss arising in the period | (11,562) | | | (8,302) | | | (253) | |
Reclassification adjustment related to loss (gains) realized in income | 5,217 | | | (90) | | | (2,179) | |
Net change in unrealized loss on interest rate swaps | (6,345) | | | (8,392) | | | (2,432) | |
Tax effect | 49 | | | 65 | | | 20 | |
| (6,296) | | | (8,327) | | | (2,412) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | 2 | | | 161 | | | (240) | |
Other comprehensive loss | (6,294) | | | (8,166) | | | (2,652) | |
Comprehensive income | $ | 27,517 | | | $ | 23,090 | | | $ | 77,167 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Sprague Resources LP
Consolidated Statements of Unitholders’ Equity
(in thousands)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Common- Public | | Common- Sprague Holdings | | Incentive Distribution Rights | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss | | Total |
Balance as of December 31, 2017 | $ | 193,977 | | | $ | (53,273) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | (8,870) | | | $ | 131,834 | |
Net income | 33,940 | | | 38,683 | | | 7,196 | | | — | | | 79,819 | |
Other comprehensive loss | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,652) | | | (2,652) | |
Unit-based compensation | (419) | | | (477) | | | — | | | — | | | (896) | |
Distributions paid in cash | (29,646) | | | (31,779) | | | (7,196) | | | — | | | (68,621) | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Units withheld for employee tax obligations | (1,172) | | | (1,336) | | | — | | | — | | | (2,508) | |
Balance as of December 31, 2018 | 196,680 | | | (48,182) | | | 0 | | | (11,522) | | | 136,976 | |
Net income | 11,732 | | | 13,359 | | | 6,165 | | | — | | | 31,256 | |
Other comprehensive loss | — | | | — | | | — | | | (8,166) | | | (8,166) | |
Unit-based compensation | 275 | | | 315 | | | — | | | — | | | 590 | |
Distributions paid cash | (28,385) | | | (32,324) | | | (6,165) | | | — | | | (66,874) | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Balance as of December 31, 2019 | 180,302 | | | (66,832) | | | 0 | | | (19,688) | | | 93,782 | |
Net income | 11,456 | | | 14,084 | | | 8,271 | | | — | | | 33,811 | |
Other comprehensive loss | — | | | — | | | — | | | (6,294) | | | (6,294) | |
Unit-based compensation | 1,871 | | | 2,299 | | | — | | | — | | | 4,170 | |
Distributions paid in cash | (27,564) | | | (33,533) | | | (6,218) | | | — | | | (67,315) | |
Distributions paid in units | — | | | 2,053 | | | (2,053) | | | — | | | 0 | |
Units purchased by Sprague Holdings in Private Transaction | (12,086) | | | 12,086 | | | — | | | — | | | 0 | |
Common units issued in connection with annual bonus | 423 | | | 484 | | | — | | | — | | | 907 | |
Units withheld for employee tax obligations | (164) | | | (202) | | | — | | | — | | | (366) | |
Balance as of December 31, 2020 | $ | 154,238 | | | $ | (69,561) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | (25,982) | | | $ | 58,695 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Sprague Resources LP
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Cash flows from operating activities | | | | | |
Net income | $ | 33,811 | | | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 79,819 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization (includes amortization of deferred debt issue costs) | 39,094 | | | 37,605 | | | 36,930 | |
(Gain) loss on sale of assets and insurance recoveries | (9,997) | | | 340 | | | (268) | |
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration | 410 | | | 1,188 | | | 677 | |
Provision for doubtful accounts | 425 | | | 323 | | | 1,598 | |
Non-cash unit-based compensation | 4,170 | | | 590 | | | (896) | |
Other | 0 | | | (146) | | | 94 | |
Deferred income taxes | (368) | | | (1,499) | | | 77 | |
Changes in assets and liabilities: | | | | | |
Accounts receivable | 88,087 | | | (11,942) | | | 44,975 | |
Inventories | 37,691 | | | (33,655) | | | 76,291 | |
Other assets | (750) | | | (50,171) | | | 31,058 | |
Fair value of commodity derivative instruments | 9,107 | | | 48,140 | | | (116,329) | |
Due to/from General Partner and affiliates | 5,567 | | | (1,683) | | | (3,124) | |
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other | (52,781) | | | (85,711) | | | 8,077 | |
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | 154,466 | | | (65,365) | | | 158,979 | |
Cash flows from investing activities | | | | | |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment | (12,198) | | | (14,292) | | | (17,249) | |
Proceeds from property insurance settlements and sale of assets | 12,712 | | | 406 | | | 394 | |
| | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 514 | | | (13,886) | | | (16,855) | |
Cash flows from financing activities | | | | | |
Net (payments) borrowings under credit agreements | (70,607) | | | 150,380 | | | (63,787) | |
Payments on finance/capital leases, term debt, and other obligations | (12,215) | | | (6,438) | | | (6,136) | |
Debt issue costs | (6,049) | | | 0 | | | (263) | |
Distributions to unitholders | (67,315) | | | (66,874) | | | (68,621) | |
Repurchased units withheld for employee tax obligations | (366) | | | 0 | | | (2,508) | |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (156,552) | | | 77,068 | | | (141,315) | |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies | (43) | | | 39 | | | (94) | |
Net change in cash and cash equivalents | (1,615) | | | (2,144) | | | 715 | |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | 5,386 | | | 7,530 | | | 6,815 | |
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | 3,771 | | | $ | 5,386 | | | $ | 7,530 | |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | | | | | |
Cash paid for interest | $ | 36,412 | | | $ | 38,771 | | | $ | 35,174 | |
Cash paid for taxes | $ | 5,672 | | | $ | 8,057 | | | $ | 4,139 | |
Assets acquired under finance lease obligations | $ | 3,100 | | | $ | 5,589 | | | $ | 4,449 | |
Non-cash asset retirement obligation and related asset | $ | 0 | | | $ | 2,718 | | | $ | (139) | |
Cash paid for operating leases | $ | 6,872 | | | $ | 6,279 | | | $ | 0 | |
Distribution paid in units | $ | 2,053 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 0 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Sprague Resources LP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands unless otherwise stated)
| | | | | |
1. | Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Partnership Businesses
Sprague Resources LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on June 23, 2011 by Sprague Holdings and its General Partner and engages in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and provides storage and handling services for a broad range of materials.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Sprague Resources,” and the “Partnership,” refer to Sprague Resources LP and its subsidiaries; references to the "General Partner" refer to Sprague Resources GP LLC; references to “Axel Johnson” or the "Sponsor" refer to Axel Johnson Inc. and its controlled affiliates, collectively, other than Sprague Resources, its subsidiaries and its General Partner; references to “Sprague Holdings” refer to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and the owner of the General Partner.
The Partnership owns, operates and/or controls a network of refined products and materials handling terminals and storage facilities predominantly located in the Northeast United States from New York to Maine and in Quebec, Canada. The Partnership also utilizes third-party terminals in the Northeast United States through which it sells or distributes refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements. The Partnership has 4 reportable segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations.
•The refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel, and gasoline - primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers - and sells them to wholesale and commercial customers.
•The natural gas segment purchases natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies and sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers.
•The materials handling segment offloads, stores and prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, crude oil, residual fuel oil, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment.
•The other operations segment primarily includes the marketing and distribution of coal and certain commercial trucking activities.
See Note 2 - Revenue for a description of the Partnership's revenue activities within these business segments.
As of December 31, 2020, the Sponsor, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, owned 12,951,236 common units representing 56.4% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership. Sprague Holdings also owns the General Partner, which in turn owns a non-economic interest in the Partnership. Sprague Holdings currently holds incentive distribution rights ("IDRs") that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash the Partnership distributes from distributable cash flow in excess of $0.4744 per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50% does not include any distributions that Sprague Holdings may receive on any limited partner units that it owns. Upon consummation of the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will own 16,058,484 common units, representing 61.6% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership. See Note 21 - Earnings Per Unit, Note 23 - Partnership Distributions and Note 24 - Subsequent Events.
Services Agreement
The Partnership, the General Partner and Sprague Holdings operate under a services agreement (the “Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the General Partner provides certain general and administrative and operational services to the Partnership and Sprague Holdings, and the Partnership and Sprague Holdings reimburse the General Partner for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to the Partnership and Sprague Holdings. The Services Agreement does not limit the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by the Partnership to the General Partner. The initial term of the Services Agreement expired on October 30, 2018 and automatically renewed at the end of the initial term for successive one-year terms until terminated in accordance with the terms thereof. The Services Agreement does not limit the ability of the
officers and employees of the General Partner to provide services to other affiliates of Sprague Holdings or unaffiliated third parties. See Note 13 - Related Party Transactions.
As of December 31, 2020, the General Partner employed approximately 663 full-time employees who support the Partnership’s operations, 73 of whom were covered by 6 collective bargaining agreements. NaN of these agreements, covering 38 employees, is up for renewal in June 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership's Canadian subsidiary had 102 employees, 39 of whom were covered by 1 collective bargaining agreement which expires on March 18, 2021.
Basis of Presentation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Partnership and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions between the Partnership and its subsidiaries have been eliminated.
COVID-19
The global outbreak of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the U.S. Government in March 2020 and has negatively affected the U.S. and global economy, disrupted global supply chains, resulted in significant travel and transport restrictions, including mandated closures and orders to “shelter-in-place,” and created significant disruption of the financial markets.
Beginning in the quarterly period ended March 31, 2020, a wide array of sectors including but not limited to the energy, transportation, manufacturing and commercial, along with global economic conditions generally, have been significantly disrupted by the pandemic. A growing number of the Partnership’s customers in these industries have experienced substantial reductions in their operations due to travel restrictions as well as the extended shutdown of various businesses in affected regions. Furthermore, government measures have also led to a precipitous decline in fuel prices in response to concerns about demand for fuel.
The pandemic and associated impacts on economic activity had an adverse effect on the Partnership’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2020, specifically, the Partnership has seen a decline in demand and related sales volume as large sectors of the global economy have been adversely impacted by the crisis. In response to these developments, the Partnership took swift action to ensure the safety of employees and other stakeholders, and initiated a number of initiatives relating to cost reduction, liquidity and operating efficiencies.
The Partnership makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts on these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the financial statements. The Partnership assessed accounting estimates that require consideration of forecasted financial information, including, but not limited to, the allowance for credit losses, the carrying value of goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets. This assessment was conducted in the context of information reasonably available to the Partnership, as well as consideration of the future potential impacts of COVID-19 on the Partnership’s business as of December 31, 2020. At this time, the Partnership is unable to predict with specificity the ultimate impact of the crisis, as it will depend on the magnitude, severity and duration of the pandemic, as well as how quickly, and to what extent, normal economic and operating conditions resume on a sustainable basis globally. Accordingly, if the impact is more severe or longer in duration than the Partnership has assumed, such impact could potentially result in impairments and increases in credit allowances.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the reported net sales and expenses in the income statement. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Among the estimates made by management are asset and liability valuations as part of an acquisition, the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities, valuation of contingent consideration, valuation of reporting units within the goodwill impairment assessment, and if necessary long-lived asset impairments and environmental and legal obligations.
Revenue Recognition and Cost of Products Sold
Revenue is recognized when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with a customer are satisfied. The majority of the Partnership’s revenue is generated from refined products and natural gas contracts that have a single performance obligation which is the delivery of the related energy product. Accordingly, the Partnership recognizes revenue for
refined products and natural gas when title and control have been transferred to the customer which is generally at the time of shipment or delivery of products. Revenue for the Partnership’s materials handling segment is recorded on a straight-line basis under leasing arrangements or as services are performed.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Partnership expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services and is generally based upon a negotiated index, formula, list or fixed price. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to reflect an estimate of the ultimate realization of the Partnership's accounts receivable and includes an assessment of the customers’ creditworthiness and the probability of collection. The provision for the allowance for doubtful accounts is included in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). Estimated discounts are included in the transaction price of the contracts with customers as a reduction to net sales. Cash discounts were $4.1 million, $7.5 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Partnership sells its products or provides its services directly to commercial customers and wholesale distributors generally under agreements with payment terms typically less than 30 days.
The Partnership has elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the good. As such, shipping and handling fees billed to customers in a sales transaction are recorded in net sales and shipping and handling costs incurred are recorded in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). The Partnership has elected to exclude from net sales any value add, sales and other taxes which it collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities. These accounting policy elections are consistent with the way the Partnership historically recorded shipping and handling fees and taxes.
The majority of the Partnership's revenue is derived from contracts (i) with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount in which it has the right to invoice the customer as product is delivered. The Partnership has elected the practical expedient not to disclose the value of remaining performance obligations associated with these types of contracts.
Commodity Derivatives
The Partnership utilizes derivative instruments consisting of futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives individually or in combination, to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in prices of refined petroleum products and natural gas. The use of these derivative instruments within the Partnership's risk management policy may, on a limited basis, generate gains or losses from changes in market prices. The Partnership enters into futures and over-the-counter ("OTC") transactions either on regulated exchanges or in the OTC market. Futures contracts are exchange-traded contractual commitments to either receive or deliver a standard amount or value of a commodity at a specified future date and price, with some futures contracts based on cash settlement rather than a delivery requirement. Futures exchanges typically require margin deposits as security. OTC contracts, which may or may not require margin deposits as security, involve parties that have agreed either to exchange cash payments or deliver or receive the underlying commodity at a specified future date and price. The Partnership posts initial margin with futures transaction brokers, along with variation margin, which is paid or received on a daily basis, and is included in other current assets and other current liabilities. In addition, the Partnership may either pay or receive margin based upon exposure with counterparties. Payments made by the Partnership are included in other current assets, whereas payments received by the Partnership are included in accrued liabilities. Substantially all of the Partnership’s commodity derivative contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2020 will settle prior to June 30, 2022.
The Partnership enters into some master netting arrangements to mitigate credit risk with significant counterparties. Master netting arrangements are standardized contracts that govern all specified transactions with the same counterparty and allow the Partnership to terminate all contracts upon occurrence of certain events, such as a counterparty’s default. The Partnership has elected not to offset the fair value of its derivatives, even where these arrangements provide the right to do so.
The Partnership’s derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income (loss) each period. The Partnership’s fair value measurements are determined using the market approach and includes non-performance risk and time value of money considerations. Counterparty credit is considered for receivable balances, and the Partnership’s credit is considered for payable balances.
The Partnership does not offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against the fair value of derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. The Partnership had no right to reclaim or obligation to return cash collateral as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Interest Rate Derivatives
The Partnership manages its exposure to variable LIBOR borrowings by using interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable rate debt to fixed rates. These interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and the changes in fair value of the swaps are included as a component of comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.
To designate a derivative as a cash flow hedge, the Partnership documents at inception the assessment that the derivative will be highly effective in offsetting expected changes in cash flows from the item hedged. The assessment, updated at least quarterly, is based on the most recent relevant historical correlation between the derivative and the item hedged. If during the term of the derivative, the hedge is found to be less than highly effective, hedge accounting is prospectively discontinued and the remaining gains and losses are reclassified to income in the current period.
Market and Credit Risk
The Partnership manages the risk of fluctuations in the price and transportation costs of its commodities through the use of derivative instruments. The volatility of prices for energy commodities can be significantly influenced by market supply and demand, changes in seasonal demand, weather conditions, transportation availability, and federal and state regulations. The Partnership monitors and manages its exposure to market risk on a daily basis in accordance with approved policies.
The Partnership has a number of financial instruments that are potentially at risk including cash and cash equivalents, receivables and derivative contracts. The Partnership’s primary exposure is credit risk related to its receivables and counterparty performance risk related to its derivative assets, which is the loss that may result from a customer’s or counterparty’s non-performance. The Partnership uses credit policies to control credit risk, including utilizing an established credit approval process, monitoring customer and counterparty limits, employing credit mitigation measures such as analyzing customer financial statements, and accepting personal guarantees and various forms of collateral.
The Partnership believes that the counterparties to its derivative contracts will be able to satisfy their contractual obligations. Credit risk is limited by the large number of customers and counterparties comprising the Partnership’s business and their dispersion across different industries.
The Partnership’s cash is in demand deposits placed with federally insured financial institutions. Such deposit accounts at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Partnership has not experienced any losses on such accounts.
Fair Value Measurements
The Partnership determines fair value based on a hierarchy for the inputs used to measure the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the source of the input, which generally range from quoted prices for identical instruments in a principal trading market (Level 1) to estimates determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Multiple inputs may be used to measure fair value; however, the level of fair value is based on the lowest significant input level within this fair value hierarchy.
Details on the methods and assumptions used to determine the fair values are as follows:
Fair value measurements based on Level 1 inputs: Measurements that are most observable and are based on quoted prices of identical instruments obtained from the principal markets in which they are traded. Closing prices are both readily available and representative of fair value. Market transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to assure liquidity.
Fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs: Measurements derived indirectly from observable inputs or from quoted prices from markets that are less liquid are considered Level 2. Measurements based on Level 2 inputs include OTC derivative instruments that are priced on an exchange traded curve, but have contractual terms that are not identical to exchange traded contracts. The Partnership utilizes fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs for its fixed forward contracts, over-the-counter commodity price swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts.
Fair value measurements based on Level 3 inputs: Measurements that are least observable are estimated from significant unobservable inputs determined from sources with little or no market activity for comparable contracts or for positions with longer durations.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The General Partner has the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), for the benefit of employees, consultants and directors of the General Partner and its affiliates, who provide services to the General Partner or an affiliate. The LTIP provides the Partnership with the flexibility to grant unit options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, cash awards, distribution equivalent rights, substitute awards and other unit-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. The LTIP will expire upon the earlier of (i) its termination by the board of directors of the General Partner, (ii) the date common units are no longer available under the LTIP for grants or (iii) the tenth anniversary of the date the LTIP was approved by the General Partner.
The board of directors of the General Partner grants performance-based phantom unit awards to key employees that vest over a period of time (usually three years). Upon vesting, a holder of performance-based phantom units is entitled to receive a number of common units of the Partnership equal to a percentage (between 0 and 200%) of the phantom units granted, based on the Partnership’s achieving predetermined performance criteria. The Partnership uses authorized but unissued units to satisfy its unit-based obligations.
OCF-based Phantom Units
Phantom unit awards granted since 2015 include a performance criteria that considers Sprague Holdings operating cash flow, as defined therein ("OCF"), over a three year performance period. The number of common units that may be received in settlement of each phantom unit award can range between 0 and 200% of the number of phantom units granted based on the level of OCF achieved during the vesting period. These awards are equity awards with performance and service conditions which result in compensation cost being recognized over the requisite service period once payment is determined to be probable. Compensation expense related to the OCF based awards is estimated each reporting period by multiplying the number of common units underlying such awards that, based on the Partnership's estimate of OCF, are probable to vest, by the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. The fair value of the OCF based phantom units was the grant date closing price listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The number of units that the Partnership estimates are probable to vest could change over the vesting period. Any such change in estimate is recognized as a cumulative adjustment calculated as if the new estimate had been in effect from the grant date.
Distribution Equivalent Rights
The Partnership's performance-based phantom unit awards include tandem distribution equivalent rights ("DERs") which entitle the participant to a cash payment only upon vesting that is equal to any cash distribution paid on a common unit between the grant date and the date the phantom units were settled. Payments made in connection with DERs are recorded as a distribution in unitholders' equity.
Earnings Per Unit
The Partnership computes income (loss) per unit using the two-class method. The Partnership has identified the IDRs as participating securities and uses the two-class method when calculating the net income per unit applicable to limited partners. Earnings per unit applicable to limited partners is computed by dividing limited partners’ interest in net income, after deducting any incentive distributions, by the weighted-average number of outstanding common units. The Partnership’s net income is allocated to the limited partners in accordance with their respective ownership percentages, after giving effect to priority income allocations for incentive distributions that has been or will be distributed to the incentive distribution right holder, which are declared and paid following the close of each quarter. Earnings in excess of distributions are allocated to the limited partners based on their respective ownership interests.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into cash and have maturities of three months or less when purchased.
Inventories
The Partnership’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is primarily determined using the first-in, first-out method, except for the Partnership's Canadian subsidiary, which used the weighted average method. Inventory consists of petroleum products, natural gas and coal. The Partnership uses derivative instruments, primarily futures, forwards and swaps, to economically hedge substantially all of its inventory.
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net are recorded at historical cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
| | | | | |
Furniture and fixtures | 5 to 10 years |
Plant and machinery | 5 to 30 years |
Building and leasehold improvements | 10 to 25 years |
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs and related accumulated depreciation of properties sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are recorded at that time.
Long-lived Asset Impairment
The Partnership evaluates the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment and finite lived intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an individual asset or asset group may not be recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Future cash flow projections include assumptions of future sales levels, the impact of controllable cost reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. To the extent the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable based on undiscounted cash flows, the amount of impairment is measured by the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the individual assets or asset group.
Purchase Price Allocation
The cost of an acquired entity is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Property, plant and equipment and goodwill generally represent large components of these acquisitions. In addition to goodwill, intangible assets acquired generally include customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the net of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
For all material acquisitions the Partnership determines the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including goodwill, based on recognized business valuation methodologies. An income, market or cost valuation method may be utilized to estimate the fair value of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed. The income valuation method represents the present value of future cash flows over the life of the asset using: (i) discrete financial forecasts, based on management’s estimates of revenue and operating expenses; (ii) long-term growth rates; and (iii) appropriate discount rates. The market valuation method uses prices paid for a reasonably similar asset by other purchasers in the market, with adjustments relating to any differences between the assets. The cost valuation method is based on the replacement cost of a comparable asset at prices at the time of the acquisition reduced for depreciation of the asset.
For contingent consideration arrangements, a liability is recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date with subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations. Additional information regarding the Partnership's contingent consideration arrangements may be found in Note 14 - Other Obligations and Note 18 - Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk.
Other assets acquired and liabilities assumed typically include, but are not limited to, inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other working capital items. Because of their short-term nature, the fair values of these other assets and liabilities generally approximate the book values on the acquired entity’s balance sheet.
Goodwill
Goodwill is defined as the excess of cost over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Partnership tests goodwill at the reporting unit level annually as of October 31 or on an as needed basis, for indicators of impairment at each reporting unit that has recorded goodwill. In performing the test, the Partnership either uses a qualitative assessment or a single step quantitative approach. Under the qualitative approach the Partnership considers a number of factors, including the amount by which the previous quantitative test's fair value exceeded the carrying value of the reporting units, actual performance as compared to internal forecasts used in the previous quantitative test, an evaluation of discount rates, and an evaluation of current economic factors for both the worldwide economy and specifically the oil and gas industry, and any significant changes in customer and supplier relationships. The Partnership weighs these factors to determine if it is
more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If after performing a qualitative assessment, indicators are present, or the Partnership identifies factors that cause it to believe it is appropriate to perform a more precise calculation of fair value, the Partnership would move beyond the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative impairment test.
Under the quantitative impairment test, the Partnership performs a comparison of the reporting unit’s carrying value to its fair value.
It estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based upon future net discounted cash flows (Level 3 measurement). In calculating these estimates, the Partnership develops a discounted cash flow model based on forecasted operating results, discount rates, and growth rates, which contemplate business, market and overall economic conditions. Further, the discount rates used require estimates of the cost of equity and debt financing. The estimates of fair value of these reporting units could change if actual operating results or discount rates vary from these estimates. The Partnership performed sensitivity analyses on the fair values resulting from the discounted cash flows valuation utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the discount rates and perpetual growth rate in each of the reporting units. Based upon the Partnership's 2020 annual impairment testing analyses, including the consideration of reasonably likely adverse changes in assumptions described above, the Partnership determined that there have been 0 goodwill impairments to date.
Intangibles, Net
Intangibles, net consist of intangible assets with finite lives, primarily customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Intangibles and other assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. The Partnership believes the sum-of-the-years’-digits method of amortization properly reflects the timing of the recognition of the economic benefits realized from its intangible assets.
Income Taxes
The Partnership is organized as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the partners are responsible for U.S. federal income taxes based on their respective share of taxable income. Net income for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income reportable to unitholders as a result of differences between the tax bases and financial reporting bases of assets and liabilities and the taxable income allocation requirements under the partnership agreement. The Partnership, however, is subject to a statutory requirement that non-qualifying income cannot exceed 10% of total gross income, determined on a calendar year basis under the applicable income tax provisions. If the amount of non-qualifying income exceeds this statutory limit, the Partnership would be taxed as a corporation. Accordingly, certain activities that generate non-qualifying income are conducted through Sprague Energy Solutions, Inc., a taxable corporate subsidiary. Sprague Energy Solutions, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal and state income tax and pays any income taxes related to the results of its operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Partnership’s non-qualifying income did not exceed the statutory limit. The Partnership is subject to income tax and franchise tax in certain domestic state and local as well as foreign jurisdictions.
Income taxes (e.g., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the impact of temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. The Partnership establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized.
The Partnership's Canadian operations are conducted within entities that are treated as corporations for Canadian tax purposes and are subject to Canadian federal and provincial taxes. Additionally, payments of dividends from the Partnership's Canadian entities to other Sprague entities are subject to Canadian withholding tax that is treated as income tax expense. The partnership's foreign subsidiaries record investment tax credits under the deferral method.
The Partnership recognizes the financial statement effect of an uncertain tax position only when management believes that it is more likely than not, that based on the technical merits, the position will be sustained upon examination. The Partnership classifies interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the uncertain tax positions and related interest and penalties recognized by the Partnership were immaterial. The Partnership and its subsidiaries tax returns are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and by the Canada Revenue Agency for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
On December 22, 2017, the President signed into law Public Law No. 115-97, a comprehensive tax reform bill commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that makes significant changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Among other changes, the Tax Act includes a new deduction on certain pass-through income, a repeal of the partnership
technical termination rule, and new limitations on certain deductions and credits, including interest expense deductions. Since the operations of the Partnership are generally not subject to federal income tax, the Tax Act has not had a material impact to the Partnership.
Foreign Currency
The Partnership’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The Partnership's most significant foreign operations are conducted by Kildair Service ULC, a Canadian subsidiary ("Kildair"). The functional currency of Kildair is the U.S. dollar. Kildair has an operating subsidiary whose functional currency is the Canadian dollar.
Kildair converts receivables and payables denominated in other than their functional currency at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Kildair utilizes forward currency contracts to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations of certain of its transactions that are denominated in Canadian dollars. These forward currency exchange contracts are recorded at fair value at the balance sheet date and changes in fair value are recognized in net income (loss) as these forward currency contracts have not been designated as hedges. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, transaction exchange gains or losses net of the impact of the forward currency exchange contracts, amounted to a gain of $0.1 million, loss of $0.1 million and loss of $0.2 million, respectively, which is recorded in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard requires entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses rather than incurred losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. As part of the Partnership’s assessment of the adequacy of its allowances for credit losses, the Partnership considers a number of factors including, but not limited to, history or defaults, age of receivables, and expected loss rates. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact to the Partnership's Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment. The guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The standard will be applied prospectively, and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact to the Partnership's Consolidated Financial Statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. The amendments apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. These amendments are effective immediately and may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. The Partnership has not currently adopted the optional expedients and exceptions provided in this guidance but continues to monitor and evaluate the impact of reference rate reform on relevant transactions.
Disaggregated Revenue
In general, the Partnership's business segmentation is aligned according to the nature and economic characteristics of its products and customer relationships which provides meaningful disaggregation of each business segment's results of operations. The Partnership operates its businesses in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States and Eastern Canada.
The refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to wholesale and commercial customers. Refined products revenue-producing activities are direct sales to customers, including throughput transactions. Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered. Revenue is not recognized on exchange agreements, which are entered into primarily to acquire refined products by taking delivery of products closer to the
Partnership’s end markets. Rather, net differentials or fees for exchange agreements are recorded within cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).
The natural gas segment purchases natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies and sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers. Natural gas revenue-producing activities are sales to customers at various points on natural gas pipelines or at local distribution companies (i.e., utilities). Natural gas sales not billed by month-end are accrued based upon gas volumes delivered.
The materials handling segment offloads, stores and prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products. A majority of the materials handling segment revenue is generated under leasing arrangements with revenue recorded over the lease term generally on a straight-line basis. Contingent rentals are recorded as revenue only when billable under the arrangement. For materials handling contracts that are not leases, the Partnership recognizes revenue either at a point in time after services are performed or over a period of time if the services are performed in a continuous fashion over the period of the contract as these methods represent a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods and services.
The other operations segment primarily includes the marketing and distribution of coal and certain commercial trucking activities. Revenue from other operations is recognized when the product is delivered or the services are rendered.
Further disaggregation of net sales by business segment and geographic destination is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31 |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Net sales: | | | | | |
Refined products | | | | | |
Distillates | $ | 1,571,096 | | | $ | 2,514,010 | | | $ | 2,686,833 | |
Gasoline | 247,926 | | | 298,633 | | | 320,168 | |
Heavy fuel oil and asphalt | 179,175 | | | 300,281 | | | 350,768 | |
Total refined products | $ | 1,998,197 | | | $ | 3,112,924 | | | $ | 3,357,769 | |
Natural gas | 261,358 | | | 307,952 | | | 332,038 | |
Materials handling | 56,347 | | | 56,655 | | | 57,509 | |
Other operations | 20,081 | | | 24,879 | | | 23,817 | |
Net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | |
| | | | | |
Net sales by country: | | | | | |
United States | $ | 2,150,853 | | | $ | 3,246,951 | | | $ | 3,480,744 | |
Canada | 185,130 | | | 255,459 | | | 290,389 | |
Net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | |
Contract Balances
Contract liabilities primarily relate to advances or deposits received from the Partnership's customers before revenue is recognized. These amounts are included in accrued liabilities and amounted to $9.4 million and $7.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. A substantial portion of the contract liabilities as of December 31, 2019 remains outstanding as of December 31, 2020 as they are primarily deposits. The Partnership does not have any material contract assets as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The Partnership determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Partnership's right-of-use ("ROU") assets are included in property, plant and equipment, net and noncurrent other assets for finance leases and operating leases, respectively. Lease liabilities are included in accrued liabilities, current and noncurrent other obligations and operating lease liabilities, less current portion in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Operating lease expense is included in operating expenses and cost of products sold while amortization expense associated with ROU assets for finance leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.
The Partnership uses the practical expedient not to apply the recognition requirements in the lease standard to short-term leases (a lease that at commencement date has a lease term of 12 months or less and does not contain a purchase option that it is reasonably certain to exercise) and the practical expedient that permits lessees to make an accounting policy election (by class of underlying asset) to account for each separate lease component of a contract and its associated non-lease components as a single lease component.
ROU assets represent the Partnership’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Partnership’s obligations to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Partnership uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Partnership’s lease terms may include options to extend lease terms ranging from 1 to 10 years while others include options to terminate at the Partnership’s discretion.
The Partnership’s operating and finance leases are primarily for time charters, facilities, railcars and equipment. The terms and conditions for these leases vary by the type of underlying asset. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, total operating lease expense was $16.2 million and $17.8 million, respectively, of which $9.3 million and $11.6 million was related to short-term leases, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, total finance lease expense was $3.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
Operating and finance leases were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, | | | | |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | | | |
| Operating | | Finance | | Operating | | Finance | | | | |
ROU Assets: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other Assets, Net | $ | 12,207 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 18,270 | | | $ | — | | | | | |
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | — | | | 16,453 | | | — | | | 16,063 | | | | | |
Total ROU Assets | $ | 12,207 | | | $ | 16,453 | | | $ | 18,270 | | | $ | 16,063 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Lease Liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Accrued Liabilities | $ | 6,866 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 6,772 | | | $ | — | | | | | |
Current Portion of Other Obligation | — | | | 3,395 | | | — | | | 2,797 | | | | | |
Other Obligations, Less Current Portion | — | | | 13,100 | | | — | | | 13,584 | | | | | |
Operating Lease Liabilities, Less Current Portion | 5,653 | | | — | | | 11,850 | | | — | | | | | |
Total Lease Liabilities | $ | 12,519 | | | $ | 16,495 | | | $ | 18,622 | | | $ | 16,381 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (Years) | 2 | | 5 | | 3 | | 6 | | | | |
Weighted Average Discount Rate | 6.09 | % | | 4.92 | % | | 6.11 | % | | 5.17 | % | | | | |
Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
| | | |
Cash paid for operating leases | $ | 6,872 | | | $ | 6,279 | |
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities | $ | 0 | | | $ | 4,057 | |
Maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Operating | | Finance | | | | |
2021 | $ | 6,985 | | | $ | 3,862 | | | | | |
2022 | 3,893 | | | 3,609 | | | | | |
2023 | 1,189 | | | 2,873 | | | | | |
2024 | 730 | | | 1,921 | | | | | |
2025 | 342 | | | 1,455 | | | | | |
Thereafter | 287 | | | 4,196 | | | | | |
Total Lease Payments | 13,426 | | | 17,916 | | | | | |
Less: Interest | (907) | | | (1,421) | | | | | |
Total | $ | 12,519 | | | $ | 16,495 | | | | | |
From a lessor perspective, the Partnership has entered into various throughput and materials handling arrangements with customers. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases as determined by the use terms and rights outlined in the underlying agreements. The throughput contracts are agreements with refined products wholesalers that use the Partnership’s terminal facilities for a fee. The materials handling contracts are arrangements involving rentals of dedicated tanks, pads, land and small office locations for the purposes of storage, parking and other related uses. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, income related to the operating leases with the Partnership as the lessor, as described above, totaled $44.2 million and $40.1 million, respectively.
The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis from operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:
| | | | | |
| December 31, 2020 |
2021 | $ | 37,659 | |
2022 | 23,263 | |
2023 | 16,568 | |
2024 | 14,585 | |
2025 | 12,941 | |
Thereafter | 50,907 | |
Total Lease Receipts | $ | 155,923 | |
| | | | | |
4. | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax |
Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, consisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax | $ | (14,446) | | | $ | (8,150) | |
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment | (11,536) | | | (11,538) | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax | $ | (25,982) | | | $ | (19,688) | |
| | | | | |
5. | Accounts Receivable, Net |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Accounts receivable, trade | $ | 186,854 | | | $ | 274,014 | |
Less allowance for doubtful accounts | (1,066) | | | (1,471) | |
Net accounts receivable, trade | 185,788 | | | 272,543 | |
Accounts receivable, other | 7,227 | | | 8,984 | |
Accounts receivable, net | $ | 193,015 | | | $ | 281,527 | |
Unbilled accounts receivable, included in accounts receivable, trade at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $43.1 million and $66.1 million, respectively. Unbilled receivables relate primarily to the delivery and sale of natural gas to customers in the current month for which the right to bill exists. Such amounts generally are invoiced to the customer the following month when actual usage data becomes available. Accounts receivable, other consists primarily of product tax receivables.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of allowance for doubtful accounts follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Balance at Beginning of Period | | Charged to Expense | | Charged (to) from Another Account | | (Deductions) | | Balance at End of Period |
Balance, December 31, 2020: | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | 1,471 | | | $ | 425 | | | $ | 5 | | | $ | (835) | | | $ | 1,066 | |
Allowance for notes receivable | 300 | | | 0 | | | (8) | | | 0 | | | 292 | |
Total | $ | 1,771 | | | $ | 425 | | | $ | (3) | | | $ | (835) | | | $ | 1,358 | |
Balance, December 31, 2019: | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | 2,066 | | | $ | 323 | | | $ | (59) | | | $ | (859) | | | $ | 1,471 | |
Allowance for notes receivable | 308 | | | 0 | | | (8) | | | 0 | | | 300 | |
Total | $ | 2,374 | | | $ | 323 | | | $ | (67) | | | $ | (859) | | | $ | 1,771 | |
Balance, December 31, 2018: | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | 2,014 | | | $ | 1,598 | | | $ | 8 | | | $ | (1,554) | | | $ | 2,066 | |
Allowance for notes receivable | 531 | | | 0 | | | (8) | | | (215) | | | 308 | |
Total | $ | 2,545 | | | $ | 1,598 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | (1,769) | | | $ | 2,374 | |
Notes receivable, net of allowance, are generally long-term arrangements and were fully reserved as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Petroleum and related products | $ | 248,977 | | | $ | 285,539 | |
Coal | 3,240 | | | 4,374 | |
Natural gas | 3,316 | | | 3,311 | |
Inventories | $ | 255,533 | | | $ | 293,224 | |
Due to changing market conditions, the Partnership recorded a provision of $2.0 million, $1.4 million and $24.3 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, to write-down petroleum and related products, and natural gas inventory to its net realizable value. These charges are included in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Margin deposits with brokers | $ | 58,738 | | | $ | 54,623 | |
Prepaid software & fees | 5,259 | | | 5,007 | |
Other | 3,409 | | | 4,075 | |
Other current assets | $ | 67,406 | | | $ | 63,705 | |
| | | | | |
8. | Property, Plant and Equipment, Net |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Plant, machinery, furniture and fixtures | $ | 432,291 | | | $ | 423,722 | |
Building and leasehold improvements | 20,214 | | | 19,143 | |
Land and land improvements | 86,428 | | | 87,782 | |
Construction in progress | 9,422 | | | 9,906 | |
Property, plant and equipment, gross | 548,355 | | | 540,553 | |
Less: accumulated depreciation | (213,059) | | | (192,514) | |
Property, plant and equipment, net | $ | 335,296 | | | $ | 348,039 | |
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $25.4 million, $23.8 million and $21.5 million, respectively.
Property, plant and equipment include the following amounts under finance or capital leases:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Plant, machinery, furniture and fixtures | $ | 29,607 | | | $ | 26,459 | |
Building and leasehold improvements | 962 | | | 962 | |
Land and land improvements | 251 | | | 251 | |
Property, plant and equipment, gross | 30,820 | | | 27,672 | |
Less: accumulated amortization | (14,367) | | | (11,609) | |
Property, plant and equipment, net | $ | 16,453 | | | $ | 16,063 | |
Amortization expense on finance and capital leased assets is included in depreciation expense and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.9 million, $2.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
On November 1, 2019, a fire occurred at the Kildair Tracy Terminal which impacted certain buildings and equipment at the facility. The resulting damage was covered by insurance coverage in place at the time of the incident, net of applicable deductibles. In connection with the insurance reimbursement for the asset losses from the fire, the Partnership recorded $1.9 million in gains on involuntary nonmonetary asset conversions for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing the insurance proceeds in excess of the remaining book value of impacted property, plant and equipment. This gain was included within other income in the consolidated statements of income.
On December 23, 2020, the Partnership sold Mt. Vernon terminal to an unaffiliated buyer. In connection with the sale, the Partnership recorded a net gain on the sale of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included within other operating income in the consolidated statements of income. Pursuant to a post-closing escrow and access agreement, the Partnership has deposited $1.2 million an escrow account to secure the Partnership’s fulfillment of various environmental remediation regulatory obligations.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2020 |
| Remaining Useful Life (Years) | | Gross | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net |
Customer relationships | 2 - 22 | | $ | 79,218 | | | $ | 39,319 | | | $ | 39,899 | |
Non-compete agreements | 0 - 2 | | 10,191 | | | 9,009 | | | 1,182 | |
Other | 0 - 2 | | 2,094 | | | 2,033 | | | 61 | |
Intangible assets, net | | | $ | 91,503 | | | $ | 50,361 | | | $ | 41,142 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2019 |
| Remaining Useful Life (Years) | | Gross | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net |
Customer relationships | 3 - 23 | | $ | 80,919 | | | $ | 34,149 | | | $ | 46,770 | |
Non-compete agreements | 2 - 3 | | 11,191 | | | 8,420 | | | 2,771 | |
Other | 1 - 3 | | 2,543 | | | 2,320 | | | 223 | |
Intangible assets, net | | | $ | 94,653 | | | $ | 44,889 | | | $ | 49,764 | |
The Partnership recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $8.6 million, $10.2 million and $11.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The amortization of intangible assets is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense. Fully amortized intangible assets have been eliminated from both the gross and accumulated amortization amounts.
The estimated future annual amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025 is $7.1 million, $5.8 million, $4.8 million, $4.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future, these amounts may vary.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Deferred debt issuance costs, net | $ | 5,766 | | | $ | 4,745 | |
ROU Assets | 12,207 | | | 18,270 | |
Other | 4,279 | | | 1,168 | |
Other assets, net | $ | 22,252 | | | $ | 24,183 | |
Deferred Debt Issuance Costs
The Partnership recorded amortization expense related to deferred debt issuance costs of $5.0 million, $3.6 million and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Deferred debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the related debt on a straight-line basis and recorded in interest expense.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Accrued product taxes | $ | 10,384 | | | $ | 11,722 | |
Customer prepayments and deposits | 9,413 | | | 7,501 | |
Operating lease liabilities | 6,866 | | | 6,772 | |
Accrued product costs | 6,311 | | | 3,546 | |
| | | |
Other | 13,671 | | | 13,845 | |
Accrued liabilities | $ | 46,645 | | | $ | 43,386 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Working capital facilities | $ | 358,685 | | | $ | 437,184 | |
Acquisition facility | 382,400 | | | 374,600 | |
Total credit agreement | 741,085 | | | 811,784 | |
Less: current portion of working capital facilities | (358,685) | | | (437,184) | |
Total long-term portion | $ | 382,400 | | | $ | 374,600 | |
On May 19, 2020, Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the "U.S. Borrower") and Kildair (the "Canadian Borrower" and, together with the U.S. Borrower, the "Borrowers"), wholly owned subsidiaries of the Partnership, entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), which replaced the amended and restated credit agreement, dated December 9, 2014 (the "Previous Credit Agreement"). Upon the effective date, the Credit Agreement was accounted for as a modification of a syndicated loan arrangement with partial extinguishment to the extent of the decrease in the borrowing capacity. The Credit Agreement matures on May 19, 2022. The Partnership and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors") are guarantors of the obligations under the Credit Agreement. Obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively, the "Loan Parties").
As of December 31, 2020, the revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement contained, among other items, the following:
•A committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility of up to $465.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•An uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility of up to $200.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits and the sole discretion of the lenders, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•A multicurrency revolving working capital facility of up to $85.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit;
•A revolving acquisition facility of up to $430.0 million, subject to borrowing base limits, to be used for loans and letters of credit to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and
•Subject to certain conditions including the receipt of additional commitments from lenders, the ability to increase the U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility to up to $1.2 billion and the multicurrency revolving working capital facility to up to $320.0 million, subject to a maximum combined increase in commitments for both facilities of $470.0 million in the aggregate. Additionally, subject to certain conditions, the revolving acquisition facility may be increased to up to $750.0 million.
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement bears interest, at the Borrowers’ option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the Eurocurrency Rate (which is the LIBOR Rate for loans denominated in U.S. dollars and CDOR for loans denominated in Canadian dollars, in each case adjusted for certain regulatory costs, and in each case with a floor of 0.50%) for interest periods of one, two, three or six months plus a specified margin or (ii) an alternate rate plus a specified margin.
For loans denominated in U.S. dollars, the alternate rate is the Base Rate which is the highest of (a) the U.S. Prime Rate as in effect from time to time, (b) the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and the Overnight Bank Funding Rate as in
effect from time to time plus 0.50% and (c) the one-month Eurocurrency Rate for U.S. dollars as in effect from time to time plus 1.00%.
For loans denominated in Canadian dollars, the alternate rate is the Prime Rate which is the higher of (a) the Canadian Prime Rate as in effect from time to time and (b) the one-month Eurocurrency Rate for U.S. dollars as in effect from time to time plus 1.00%.
The specified margins for the working capital revolving facilities vary based on the utilization of the working capital facilities as a whole, measured on a quarterly basis. On or prior to November 19, 2020, the specified margin for (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.25% to 1.75% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 2.25% to 2.75% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate, (y) the uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.00% to 1.50% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 2.00% to 2.50% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate and (z) the multicurrency revolving working capital facility ranged from 1.25% to 1.75% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 2.25% to 2.75% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate. After November 19, 2020, the specified margin for (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility will range from 0.75% to 1.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 1.75% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate, (y) the uncommitted U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility will range from 0.50% to 1.00% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 1.50% to 2.00% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate and (z) the multicurrency revolving working capital facility will range from 0.75% to 1.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and 1.75% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate.
The specified margin for the revolving acquisition facility varies based on the consolidated total leverage of the Loan Parties. The specified margin for the revolving acquisition facility will range from 1.25% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Base Rate and from 2.25% to 3.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurocurrency Rate.
In addition, the Borrowers will incur a commitment fee on the unused portion of (x) the committed U.S. dollar revolving working capital facility and multicurrency revolving working capital facility ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum and (y) the revolving acquisition facility at a rate ranging from 0.35% to 0.50% per annum. Overdue amounts bear interest at the applicable rates described above plus an additional margin of 2%.
The working capital facilities are subject to borrowing base reporting and as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, had a borrowing base of $540.0 million and the Previous Credit Agreement had a borrowing base of $594.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding letters of credit related to the working capital facilities were $77.3 million under the Credit Agreement and $63.6 million under the Previous Credit Agreement, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, outstanding letters of credit related to the acquisition facility were $15.4 million. There were 0 outstanding letters related to the acquisition facility as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2020, excess availability under the working capital facilities was $104.0 million and excess availability under the acquisition facility was $32.2 million.
The weighted average interest rate was 3.0% under the Credit Agreement and 4.5% under the Previous Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. No amounts are due under the Credit Agreement until the maturity date. However, the current portion of the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020 and the current portion of the Previous Credit Agreement at December 31, 2019 represents the amounts of the working capital facility.
The Credit Agreement contains various covenants and restrictive provisions that, among other things, prohibit the Partnership from making distributions to unitholders if any event of default occurs or would result from the distribution or if the Loan Parties would not be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after giving effect to the distribution. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains various covenants that are usual and customary for a financing of this type, size and purpose, including, but not limited to, covenants that require the Loan Parties to maintain: a minimum consolidated EBITDA-to fixed-charge ratio, a minimum consolidated net working capital amount and a maximum consolidated total leverage-to-EBITDA ratio. The Credit Agreement also limits the Loan Parties ability to incur debt, grant liens, make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into affiliate transactions and dispose of assets. The Partnership was in compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2020.
The Credit Agreement also contains events of default that are usual and customary for a financing of this type, size and purpose including, among others, non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of certain covenants, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross-payment default and cross-acceleration, material judgments and events constituting a change of control. If an event of default exists under the Credit Agreement, the lenders will be able to terminate the lending commitments, accelerate the maturity of the Credit Agreement and exercise other rights and remedies with respect to the collateral.
| | | | | |
13. | Related Party Transactions |
The General Partner charges the Partnership for the reimbursements of employee costs and related employee benefits and other overhead costs supporting the Partnership’s operations which amounted to $92.5 million, $99.6 million and $111.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Amounts due to the General Partner were $13.7 million and $8.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Through the General Partner, the Partnership participates in the Sponsor’s pension and other post-retirement benefits (see Note 16 - Retirement Plans). During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Partnership recorded tank use and storage fee revenue of $1.4 million from lease agreements entered into with Hartree Partners LP, a related party. In connection with these agreements, the Partnership made net inventory purchases from Hartree Partners LP totaling $71.2 million.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Deferred consideration | $ | 16,909 | | | $ | 19,432 | |
Capital leases, long-term portion | 8,009 | | | 7,823 | |
Port Authority terminal obligations | 5,091 | | | 5,761 | |
Asset retirement obligation | 5,187 | | | 5,300 | |
Postretirement benefits | 1,620 | | | 1,867 | |
Other | 2,493 | | | 1,230 | |
Other obligations, long-term portion | $ | 39,309 | | | $ | 41,413 | |
Deferred Consideration - Carbo Terminals
In connection with the Carbo acquisition entered into during 2017, the Partnership is obligated to pay to Carbo a total of $38.2 million in equal monthly installments of $0.3 million payable over a ten year period. The obligation was recorded at an estimated fair value of $27.3 million using a discount rate of 7.1%. The short-term portion of this obligation as of December 31, 2020 is $2.5 million and is included in the current portion of other obligations.
Deferred consideration obligation maturities for each of the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2020 are as follow:
| | | | | |
2021 | $ | 3,818 | |
2022 | 3,818 | |
2023 | 3,818 | |
2024 | 3,818 | |
2025 | 3,818 | |
Thereafter | 5,091 | |
Total | 24,181 | |
Less amount representing interest | (4,752) | |
Present value of payments | 19,429 | |
Less current portion | (2,520) | |
Deferred consideration, long-term portion | $ | 16,909 | |
Contingent Consideration - Coen Energy
As a result of the Coen Energy acquisition in 2017, the Partnership was obligated to pay contingent consideration of up to $12.0 million if certain earnings objectives during the first three years following the acquisition were met. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding liability associated with the contingent consideration payment calculation was zero as the earnings objective period had ended and the final payment of $8.0 million was made in October 2020. The estimated fair value of this obligation as of December 31, 2019 was $7.6 million and was included in the current portion of other obligations as it
represented an estimate of the expected future payment during the following twelve month period. See Note 18 - Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk for additional information regarding the Partnership's contingent consideration obligation.
Port Authority Terminal Obligations
The Port Authority terminal obligations represent long-term obligations of the Partnership to a third party that constructed dock facilities at the Partnership’s Searsport, Maine terminal. These amounts will be repaid by future wharfage fees incurred by the Partnership for the use of these facilities. The short-term portion of these obligations of $0.6 million at both December 31, 2020 and 2019 is included in accrued liabilities and represents an estimate of the expected future wharfage fees for the ensuing year. The Partnership has exclusive rights to the use of the dock facilities through a license and operating agreement ("License Agreement"), which expires in 2033. The License Agreement provides the Partnership the option to purchase the dock facilities at any time at an amount equal to the remaining license fees due. The related dock facilities assets are treated as a finance lease and are included in property, plant and equipment.
Asset Retirement Obligation
The Partnership has accrued an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) that relates to an environmental obligation associated with the purchase of a terminal in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The current portion of the ARO represents the estimated obligation retirements for the ensuing year and is recorded in accrued liabilities.
The changes in the ARO are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
ARO - beginning of period | $ | 6,059 | | | $ | 3,981 | |
Change in estimates | 0 | | | 2,718 | |
Accretion expense | 154 | | | (145) | |
Payments of ARO | (267) | | | (495) | |
ARO - end of period | 5,946 | | | 6,059 | |
Less current portion | (759) | | | (759) | |
ARO - long-term | $ | 5,187 | | | $ | 5,300 | |
Post Retirement Benefits
Postretirement benefit obligations are comprised of actuarially determined postretirement healthcare, life insurance and other postretirement benefits. See Note 16 - Retirement Plans.
The Partnership is generally not subject to U.S. federal and state income tax with the exception of the Partnership's subsidiary Sprague Energy Solutions, Inc. The Partnership's Canadian operations are subject to Canadian federal and provincial income taxes.
The income tax provision (benefit) attributable to operations is summarized as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Current | | | | | |
U.S. Federal income tax | $ | 49 | | | $ | (14) | | | $ | 118 | |
State and local income tax | 317 | | | 45 | | | 95 | |
Foreign income taxes | 7,390 | | | 4,778 | | | 4,742 | |
Total current income tax provision | 7,756 | | | 4,809 | | | 4,955 | |
Deferred | | | | | |
U.S. Federal income tax | 62 | | | 35 | | | 5 | |
State and local income tax | (178) | | | 963 | | | 567 | |
Foreign income taxes | (251) | | | (2,497) | | | (495) | |
Total deferred income tax provision | (367) | | | (1,499) | | | 77 | |
Total income tax provision | $ | 7,389 | | | $ | 3,310 | | | $ | 5,032 | |
U.S. and international components of income before income taxes were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
United States | $ | 14,534 | | | $ | 25,646 | | | $ | 69,283 | |
Foreign | 26,666 | | | 8,920 | | | 15,568 | |
Total income before income taxes | $ | 41,200 | | | $ | 34,566 | | | $ | 84,851 | |
Reconciliations of the statutory U.S. federal income tax to the effective income tax for operations are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Statutory U.S. Federal income tax | $ | 8,652 | | | $ | 7,255 | | | $ | 17,819 | |
Partnership income not subject to tax | (2,934) | | | (5,348) | | | (14,427) | |
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax | 132 | | | 995 | | | 662 | |
Foreign earnings taxed at higher (lower) rates | 1,539 | | | 408 | | | 978 | |
Total income tax provision | $ | 7,389 | | | $ | 3,310 | | | $ | 5,032 | |
The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Deferred tax assets: | | | |
Derivatives | $ | 610 | | | $ | 1,161 | |
Capital losses | 466 | | | 466 | |
Other | 474 | | | 227 | |
Total deferred tax assets | 1,550 | | | 1,854 | |
Valuation allowance | (466) | | | (466) | |
Net deferred tax assets | 1,084 | | | 1,388 | |
Deferred tax liabilities: | | | |
Fixed assets | (16,560) | | | (17,222) | |
Other | (308) | | | (368) | |
Total deferred tax liabilities | (16,868) | | | (17,590) | |
Net deferred tax liabilities | $ | (15,784) | | | $ | (16,202) | |
As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership has not provided deferred Canadian withholding taxes on accumulated Canadian earnings of $105.6 million which are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. The unrecognized deferred withholding tax liability associated with these earnings is $26.4 million as of December 31, 2020.
Pension Plans
Through the General Partner, the Partnership participates in a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), sponsored by the Sponsor. Benefits under the Plan were frozen as of December 31, 2003, and are based on a participant’s years of service and compensation through December 31, 2003. The Plan’s assets are invested principally in equity and fixed income securities. The Sponsor’s policy is to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").
Through the General Partner, the Partnership also participates in an unfunded pension plan, the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, for employees whose benefits under the defined benefit pension plan were reduced due to limitations under U.S. federal tax laws. Benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2003.
Both the Plan and the Retirement Restoration Plan are administered by the Sponsor. The costs of these benefits are based on the Partnership’s portion of the projected benefit obligations under these plans. Charges related to these employee benefit plans were $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $1.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Eligible employees also receive a defined contribution retirement benefit generally equal to a defined percentage of their eligible compensation. This contribution by the Partnership to employee accounts in Axel Johnson Inc.’s Thrift and Defined Contribution Plan is in addition to any Partnership match on 401(k) contributions that employees currently choose to make. The Partnership made total contributions to these plans of $4.5 million, $4.6 million and $5.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Other Postretirement Benefits
The Sponsor and some of its subsidiaries, which include the Partnership, have a number of health care and life insurance benefit plans covering eligible employees who reach retirement age while working for the Sponsor. The plans are not funded. In general, employees hired after December 31, 1990, are not eligible for postretirement health care benefits. The Partnership has recorded postretirement expense of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The Partnership has 4 reportable segments that comprise the structure used by the chief operating decision makers (CEO and CFO) to make key operating decisions and assess performance. When establishing a reporting segment, the Partnership aggregates individual operating units that are in the same line of business and have similar economic characteristics. These reportable segments are refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations.
The Partnership's refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to its customers. The Partnership has wholesale customers who resell the refined products they purchase from the Partnership and commercial customers who consume the refined products they purchase. The Partnership’s wholesale customers consist of home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. The Partnership’s commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, drill sites, large industrial companies, real estate management companies, hospitals, educational institutions and asphalt paving companies. In addition, as a result of the Partnership’s acquisition of Coen Energy in 2017, its customers include businesses engaged in the development of natural gas resources in Pennsylvania and surrounding states. The refined products reportable segment consists of 3 operating segments.
The Partnership's natural gas segment purchases natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies and sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customer locations across 13 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States. The natural gas reportable segment consists of 1 operating segment.
The Partnership's materials handling segment offloads, stores, and/or prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, crude oil, residual fuel oil, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. These services are generally conducted under multi-year agreements as either fee-based activities or as leasing arrangements when the right to use an identified asset (such as storage tanks or storage locations) has been conveyed in the agreement. The materials handling reportable segment consists of 2 operating segments.
The Partnership's other operations segment primarily consists of the purchase, sale and distribution of coal, and commercial trucking activities unrelated to its refined products segment. Other operations are not reported separately as they represent less than 10% of consolidated net sales and adjusted gross margin. The other operations reporting segment consists of 2 operating segments.
The Partnership evaluates segment performance based on adjusted gross margin, a non-GAAP measure, which is net sales less cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased by unrealized hedging losses and decreased by unrealized hedging gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts.
Based on the way the business is managed, it is not reasonably possible for the Partnership to allocate the components of operating costs and expenses among the operating segments. There were no significant intersegment sales for any of the years presented below.
The Partnership had no single customer that accounted for more than 10% of total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Partnership’s foreign sales, primarily sales of refined products and natural gas to its customers in Canada, were $185.1 million, $255.5 million and $290.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Summarized financial information for the Partnership’s reportable segments is presented in the table below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Net sales: | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 1,998,197 | | | $ | 3,112,924 | | | $ | 3,357,769 | |
Natural gas | 261,358 | | | 307,952 | | | 332,038 | |
Materials handling | 56,347 | | | 56,655 | | | 57,509 | |
Other operations | 20,081 | | | 24,879 | | | 23,817 | |
Net sales | $ | 2,335,983 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | | | $ | 3,771,133 | |
Adjusted gross margin (1): | | | | | |
Refined products | $ | 171,626 | | | $ | 150,124 | | | $ | 150,965 | |
Natural gas | 40,741 | | | 54,288 | | | 57,875 | |
Materials handling | 56,185 | | | 56,616 | | | 57,515 | |
Other operations | 6,209 | | | 6,904 | | | 7,319 | |
Adjusted gross margin | 274,761 | | | 267,932 | | | 273,674 | |
Reconciliation to operating income (2): | | | | | |
Add(deduct): | | | | | |
Change in unrealized (gain) loss on inventory (3) | (20,148) | | | (12,814) | | | 32,960 | |
| | | | | |
Change in unrealized value on natural gas transportation contracts (4) | 9,565 | | | 19,289 | | | 19,114 | |
Operating costs and expenses not allocated to operating segments: | | | | | |
Operating expenses | (77,070) | | | (84,924) | | | (88,659) | |
Selling, general and administrative | (81,514) | | | (78,135) | | | (80,799) | |
Depreciation and amortization | (34,066) | | | (34,015) | | | (33,378) | |
Other operating income | 8,094 | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Operating income | 79,622 | | | 77,333 | | | 122,912 | |
Other income (expense) | 1,948 | | | (378) | | | 293 | |
Interest income | 299 | | | 555 | | | 577 | |
Interest expense | (40,669) | | | (42,944) | | | (38,931) | |
Income tax provision | (7,389) | | | (3,310) | | | (5,032) | |
Net income | $ | 33,811 | | | $ | 31,256 | | | $ | 79,819 | |
(1)The Partnership trades, purchases, stores and sells energy commodities that experience market value fluctuations. To manage the Partnership’s underlying performance, including its physical and derivative positions, management utilizes adjusted gross margin, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted gross margin is also used by external users of the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements to assess the Partnership’s economic results of operations and its commodity market value reporting to lenders. In determining adjusted gross margin, the Partnership adjusts its segment results for the impact of the changes in unrealized gains and losses with regard to refined products and natural gas inventory, and natural gas transportation contracts, which are not marked to market for the purpose of recording unrealized gains or losses in net income. These adjustments align the unrealized hedging gains and losses to the period in which the revenue from the sale of inventory, prepaid fixed forwards and the utilization of transportation contracts relating to those hedges is realized in net income. Adjusted gross margin has no impact on reported volumes or net sales.
(2)Reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to operating income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
(3)Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The adjustment related to unrealized gain on inventory which is not included in net income (loss), represents the estimated difference between the inventory valued at lower of cost or net realizable value as compared to market values. The fair value of the derivatives the Partnership uses to economically hedge its inventory declines or appreciates in value as the value of the underlying inventory appreciates or declines, which creates unrealized hedging (gains) with respect to the derivatives that are included in net income (loss).
(4)Represents the Partnership’s estimate of the change in fair value of the natural gas transportation contracts which are not recorded in net income (loss) until the transportation is utilized in the future (i.e., when natural gas is delivered to the customer), as these contracts are executory contracts that do not qualify as derivatives. As the fair value of the natural
gas transportation contracts decline or appreciate, the offsetting physical or financial derivative will also appreciate or decline creating unmatched unrealized hedging losses (gains) in net income (loss).
Segment Assets
Due to the commingled nature and uses of the Partnership’s fixed assets, the Partnership does not track its fixed assets between its refined products and materials handling operating segments or its other activities. There are 0 significant fixed assets attributable to the natural gas reportable segment.
As of December 31, 2020, goodwill recorded for the refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations segments amounted to $71.4 million, $35.5 million, $6.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets (exclusive of intangible and other assets, net, and goodwill) classified by geographic location were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
United States | $ | 266,469 | | | $ | 278,820 | |
Canada | 68,827 | | | 69,219 | |
Total | $ | 335,296 | | | $ | 348,039 | |
| | | | | |
18. | Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk |
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximated fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying value of the Partnership’s margin deposits with brokers approximates fair value and consists of initial margin with futures transaction brokers, along with variation margin, which is paid or received on a daily basis, and is included in other current assets or other current liabilities. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying value of the Partnership’s debt approximated fair value due to the variable interest nature of these instruments.
The Partnership’s deferred consideration was recorded in connection with an acquisition on April 18, 2017 using an estimated fair value discount at the time of the transaction. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying value of the deferred consideration approximated fair value.
The following table presents all financial assets and financial liabilities of the Partnership measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2020 |
| Fair Value Measurement | | Quoted Prices in Active Markets Level 1 | | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 | | Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3 |
Derivative assets: | | | | | | | |
Commodity fixed forwards | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | 0 | |
Futures, swaps and options | 101,464 | | | 101,464 | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Commodity derivatives | 165,978 | | | 101,464 | | | 64,514 | | | 0 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total derivative assets | $ | 165,978 | | | $ | 101,464 | | | $ | 64,514 | | | $ | 0 | |
Derivative liabilities: | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Commodity fixed forwards | 25,973 | | | 0 | | | 25,973 | | | 0 | |
Futures, swaps and options | 133,809 | | | 133,743 | | | 66 | | | 0 | |
Commodity derivatives | 159,782 | | | 133,743 | | | 26,039 | | | 0 | |
Interest rate swaps | 14,559 | | | 0 | | | 14,559 | | | 0 | |
Currency swaps | 4 | | | 0 | | | 4 | | | 0 | |
Total derivative liabilities | $ | 174,345 | | | $ | 133,743 | | | $ | 40,602 | | | $ | 0 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2019 |
| Fair Value Measurement | | Quoted Prices in Active Markets Level 1 | | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 | | Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3 |
Derivative assets: | | | | | | | |
Commodity fixed forwards | $ | 62,580 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 62,580 | | | $ | 0 | |
Futures, swaps and options | 32,083 | | | 32,057 | | | 26 | | | 0 | |
Commodity derivatives | 94,663 | | | 32,057 | | | 62,606 | | | 0 | |
| | | | | | | |
Currency swaps | 15 | | | 0 | | | 15 | | | 0 | |
Total derivative assets | $ | 94,678 | | | $ | 32,057 | | | $ | 62,621 | | | $ | 0 | |
Derivative liabilities: | | | | | | | |
Commodity exchange contracts | $ | 2 | | | $ | 2 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 0 | |
Commodity fixed forwards | 16,017 | | | 0 | | | 16,017 | | | 0 | |
Futures, swaps and options | 63,360 | | | 63,359 | | | 1 | | | 0 | |
Commodity derivatives | 79,379 | | | 63,361 | | | 16,018 | | | 0 | |
Interest rate swaps | 8,214 | | | 0 | | | 8,214 | | | 0 | |
Total derivative liabilities | $ | 87,593 | | | $ | 63,361 | | | $ | 24,232 | | | $ | 0 | |
| | | | | | | |
Contingent consideration | $ | 7,590 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 7,590 | |
Derivative Instruments
The Partnership enters into derivative contracts with counterparties, some of which are subject to master netting arrangements, which allow net settlements under certain conditions. The maximum amount of loss due to credit risk that the Partnership would incur if its counterparties failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts, based on the net fair value of these financial instruments, was $63.2 million at December 31, 2020.
Information related to these offsetting arrangements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2020 |
| | | Gross Amount Not Offset in the Balance Sheet | | Net Amount |
| Gross Amounts of Assets/ Liabilities in Balance Sheet | Financial Instruments | | Cash Collateral Posted | |
Commodity derivative assets | $ | 165,978 | | | $ | (102,736) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 63,242 | |
| | | | | | | |
Fair value of derivative assets | $ | 165,978 | | | $ | (102,736) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 63,242 | |
| | | | | | | |
Commodity derivative liabilities | $ | (159,782) | | | $ | 102,736 | | | $ | 32,488 | | | $ | (24,558) | |
Interest rate swap derivative liabilities | (14,559) | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | (14,559) | |
Currency swap derivative liabilities | (4) | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | (4) | |
Fair value of derivative liabilities | $ | (174,345) | | | $ | 102,736 | | | $ | 32,488 | | | $ | (39,121) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2019 |
| | | Gross Amount Not Offset in the Balance Sheet | | Net Amount |
| Gross Amounts of Assets/ Liabilities in Balance Sheet | Financial Instruments | | Cash Collateral Posted | |
Commodity derivative assets | $ | 94,663 | | | $ | (36,885) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 57,778 | |
| | | | | | | |
Currency swaps | 15 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 15 | |
Fair value of derivative assets | $ | 94,678 | | | $ | (36,885) | | | $ | 0 | | | $ | 57,793 | |
| | | | | | | |
Commodity derivative liabilities | $ | (79,379) | | | $ | 36,885 | | | $ | 31,303 | | | $ | (11,191) | |
Interest rate swap derivative liabilities | (8,214) | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | (8,214) | |
Fair value of derivative liabilities | $ | (87,593) | | | $ | 36,885 | | | $ | 31,303 | | | $ | (19,405) | |
As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership held 0 cash collateral and posted cash collateral of $58.7 million. As of December 31, 2019, the Partnership held 0 cash collateral and posted cash collateral of $54.6 million.
The following table presents total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments utilized for commodity risk management purposes included in cost of products sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Refined products contracts | $ | 15,434 | | | $ | (26,194) | | | $ | 54,616 | |
Natural gas contracts | 46,024 | | | 38,513 | | | (1,353) | |
Total | $ | 61,458 | | | $ | 12,319 | | | $ | 53,263 | |
There were no discretionary trading activities included in realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives instruments for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
The following table presents the gross volume of commodity derivative instruments outstanding for the periods indicated:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, 2020 | | As of December 31, 2019 |
| Refined Products (Barrels) | | Natural Gas (MMBTUs) | | Refined Products (Barrels) | | Natural Gas (MMBTUs) |
Long contracts | 12,736 | | 172,274 | | 8,332 | | 168,818 |
Short contracts | (16,825) | | (86,913) | | (11,475) | | (91,011) |
Interest Rate Derivatives
The Partnership has entered into interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates on its Credit Agreement. The Partnership’s interest rate swaps hedge actual and forecasted LIBOR borrowings and have been designated as cash flow hedges. Counterparties to the Partnership’s interest rate swaps are large multinational banks and the Partnership does not believe there is a material risk of counterparty non-performance. The Partnership expects to continue to utilize interest rate swaps to hedge cash flow risk and to manage the Partnership's exposure to LIBOR interest rates or its replaced equivalent for the foreseeable future.
The Partnership's interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest Rate Swap Agreements |
Beginning | | Ending | | Notional Amount |
January 2020 | | January 2021 | | $ | 300,000 | |
April 2020 | | April 2021 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2021 | | January 2022 | | $ | 300,000 | |
April 2021 | | April 2022 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2022 | | January 2023 | | $ | 250,000 | |
April 2022 | | April 2023 | | $ | 25,000 | |
January 2023 | | January 2024 | | $ | 250,000 | |
January 2024 | | January 2025 | | $ | 50,000 | |
The Partnership records unrealized gains and losses on its interest rate swaps as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, which is reclassified to earnings as interest expense when the payments are made. As of December 31, 2020, the amount of unrealized losses, net of tax, expected to be reclassified to earnings during the following twelve-month period was $5.7 million.
Contingent Consideration
As a result of the Coen Energy acquisition in 2017, the Partnership was obligated to pay contingent consideration of up to $12.0 million if certain earnings objectives during the first three years following the acquisition were met. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding liability associated with the contingent consideration payment calculation was zero as the earnings objective period had ended and the final payment of $8.0 million was made in October 2020. The estimated fair value of this obligation as of December 31, 2019 was $7.6 million and was included in the current portion of other obligations as it represented an estimate of the expected future payment during the following twelve month period. Prior to September 30, 2020, the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement was classified within Level 3 and was determined using an income approach based on probability-weighted discounted cash flows. Under this method, a set of discrete potential future earnings was determined using internal estimates based on various revenue growth rate assumptions for each scenario. A probability was assigned to each discrete potential future earnings estimate. The resulting probability-weighted contingent consideration amounts were discounted using a weighted average discount rate of 7.0%.
The Partnership recorded changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Changes in the contingent consideration liability were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) are as follows: | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 |
Contingent consideration - beginning of year | $ | 7,590 | | | $ | 8,402 | |
Payments | (8,000) | | | (2,000) | |
Change in estimated fair value | 410 | | | 1,188 | |
Contingent consideration - end of year | $ | 0 | | | $ | 7,590 | |
Less current portion | 0 | | | (7,590) | |
Contingent consideration - long-term portion | $ | 0 | | | $ | 0 | |
| | | | | |
19. | Commitments and Contingencies |
Legal, Environmental and Other Proceedings
The Partnership is subject to a tax on sales made in Quebec from product it imports into the province. During a recent audit by the Quebec Energy Board (QEB) of the annual filings, the Partnership initiated legal action seeking a declaration to limit the applicability of the tax to direct imports, as well as the periods subject to review. Since filing this legal action in June 2018, the Partnership has been assessed $7.2 million of tax, including interest and penalties, for the period of 2007 to 2019. Similarly, since the filing, the Partnership has been assessed $9.7 million, including a 15% penalty and interest, from the
Ministry of the Environment, and the Fight Against Climate Change (known as MELCC) under separate regulation that was in effect for the period from 2007 through 2014. The Partnership is disputing this assessment on the same basis as set out in the QEB legal action described above. The Partnership has accrued an amount which it believes to be a reasonable estimate of the low end of a range of loss related to these matters and such amount is not material to the consolidated financial statements.
On September 14, 2020, a purported class action complaint was filed against Sprague Operating Resources, LLC, one of the Partnership’s subsidiaries, in the U.S. District Court for the District of Rhode Island. The complaint, since amended, alleges causes of action for private nuisance, public nuisance, and negligence, each based on emission impacts to nearby occupants from the Partnership’s oil and natural gas facility located in Providence, Rhode Island. The complaint also alleges that the amount in controversy exceeds $5.0 million. At this early stage in the litigation, the Partnership cannot predict whether the plaintiff will succeed in getting the court to certify a class. Based upon the information currently available to it, the Partnership believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously defend against it.
The Partnership is involved in other various lawsuits, other proceedings and environmental matters, all of which arose in the normal course of business. The Partnership believes, based upon its examination of currently available information, its experience to date, and advice from legal counsel, that the individual and aggregate liabilities resulting from the resolution of these contingent matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Partnership’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
| | | | | |
20. | Equity and Equity-Based Compensation |
Equity Awards - Annual Bonus Program
The board of directors of the General Partner has approved an annual bonus program which is provided to substantially all employees. Under this program bonuses for the majority of participants will be settled in cash with others receiving a combination of cash and common units. The Partnership records the expected bonus payment as a liability until a grant date has been established and awards finalized, which occurs in the first quarter of the year following the year for which the bonus is earned.
Of the bonus accrued as of December 31, 2019, $1.0 million was settled in 2020 by issuing 80,038 common units (market value at settlement of $0.9 million) with 26,195 units withheld from to satisfy employee tax obligations.
Equity Awards - Director Compensation
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 the board of directors of the General Partner issued 15,464, 13,932, and 6,693, vested units as compensation to certain of its directors, respectively, with estimated total grant date fair values of $0.2 million for each period.
Equity Awards - Performance-based Phantom Units
The General Partner adopted the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), for the benefit of employees, consultants and directors of the General Partner and its affiliates, who provide services to the General Partner or an affiliate. The LTIP initially limited the number of common units that may be delivered, pursuant to vested awards, to 800,000 common units. On January 1 of each calendar year occurring after the second anniversary of the effective date and prior to the expiration of the LTIP, the total number of common units reserved and available for issuance under the LTIP will increase by 200,000 common units. As of December 31, 2020, there were 436,037 common units reserved for issuance and 520,562 available for issuance.
Phantom units have been granted as follows:
•Year ended December 31, 2020 - granted 179,250 OCF-based phantom units with a grant date fair value of $15.16 per unit and a performance period ending December 31, 2022.
•Year ended December 31, 2019 - granted 180,638 OCF-based phantom units with a grant date fair value of $15.04 per unit and a performance period ending December 31, 2021.
•Year ended December 31, 2018 - granted 143,981 OCF-based phantom units with a grant date fair value of $23.30 per unit and a performance period ending December 31, 2020.
Phantom units have vested as follows:
•Performance period ending December 31, 2020 - No phantom units vested; all phantom units outstanding as of March 1, 2020 cancelled for no value in the discretion of our board of directors.
•Performance period ending December 31, 2019 - did not achieve minimum performance levels.
•Performance period ending December 31, 2018 - did not achieve minimum performance levels.
The following table presents a summary of the status of the Partnership’s phantom unit awards subject to vesting:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2020 Awards | | 2019 Awards | | 2018 Awards |
| Units | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per unit) | | Units | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per unit) | | Units | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per unit) |
Nonvested at December 31, 2019 | 0 | | | $ | 0 | | | 163,531 | | | $ | 15.04 | | | 110,993 | | | $ | 23.30 | |
Granted | 179,250 | | | 15.16 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Forfeited | (6,000) | | | (15.16) | | | (8,194) | | | (15.04) | | | (3,543) | | | (23.30) | |
Vested (end of performance period) | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Nonvested at December 31, 2020 | 173,250 | | | $ | 15.16 | | | 155,337 | | | $ | 15.04 | | | 107,450 | | | $ | 23.30 | |
Unit-based compensation expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $4.2 million as compared to $0.6 million and $(0.9) million, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The increase over prior year is due improved performance with relation to compensation targets and a change in estimate recorded in September 30, 2019 which resulted in a reversal of stock based compensation expense during 2019.
Unit-based compensation is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Units issued under the Partnership’s 2013 LTIP are newly issued. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to the performance-based phantom units totaled $3.4 million as of December 31, 2020, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 18 months.
Equity - Changes in Partnership's Units
The following table provides information with respect to changes in the Partnership’s unit:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Common Units |
| Public | | Sprague Holdings |
Balance as of December 31, 2017 | 10,446,539 | | | 12,106,348 | |
Units issued in connection with performance-based awards | 174,397 | | | — | |
Director vested awards | 6,693 | | | — | |
Balance as of December 31, 2018 | 10,627,629 | | | 12,106,348 | |
Director vested awards | 13,932 | | | — | |
| | | |
Balance as of December 31, 2019 | 10,641,561 | | | 12,106,348 | |
Units issued in connection with employee bonus | 61,782 | | | — | |
Distribution paid in units | — | | | 121,150 | |
Director vested awards | 15,464 | | | — | |
Units purchased in Private Placement | (723,738) | | | 723,738 | |
Balance as of December 31, 2020 | 9,995,069 | | | 12,951,236 | |
The Partnership has identified the IDRs as participating securities and uses the two-class method when calculating the net income per unit applicable to limited partners. Earnings per unit applicable to limited partners is computed by dividing limited partners’ interest in net income, after deducting any incentive distributions, by the weighted-average number of outstanding common units. The Partnership’s net income is allocated to the limited partners in accordance with their respective ownership percentages, after giving effect to priority income allocations for incentive distributions, which are declared and paid following the close of each quarter. Earnings in excess of distributions are allocated to the limited partners based on their respective ownership interests. Diluted earnings per unit includes the effects of potentially dilutive units on the Partnership’s common units, consisting of unvested phantom units. Payments made to the Partnership’s unitholders are determined in relation to actual distributions declared and are not based on the net income allocations used in the calculation of earnings per unit.
The table below shows the weighted average common units outstanding used to compute net income per common unit for the periods indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Years Ended December 31, |
| 2020 | | 2019 | | 2018 |
Weighted average limited partner common units - basic | 22,901,140 | | | 22,736,916 | | | 22,728,218 | |
Dilutive effect of unvested phantom units | 3,973 | | | 33,967 | | | 9,186 | |
Weighted average limited partner common units - dilutive | 22,905,113 | | | 22,770,883 | | | 22,737,404 | |
| | | | | |
22. | Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 |
| First | | Second | | Third | | Fourth | | Total |
| (in thousands, except for per unit amounts) |
Net sales | $ | 959,879 | | | $ | 358,214 | | | $ | 390,459 | | | $ | 627,431 | | | $ | 2,335,983 | |
Net income (loss) | 46,734 | | | (25,123) | | | 9,674 | | | 2,526 | | | 33,811 | |
Limited partners' interest in net income (loss) | 44,662 | | | (27,195) | | | 7,599 | | | 453 | | | 25,519 | |
Net income (loss) per limited partner unit: (1) | | | | | | | | | |
Common-basic | $ | 1.96 | | | $ | (1.19) | | | $ | 0.33 | | | $ | 0.02 | | | $ | 1.11 | |
Common-diluted | $ | 1.95 | | | $ | (1.19) | | | $ | 0.33 | | | $ | 0.02 | | | $ | 1.11 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, 2019 |
| First | | Second | | Third | | Fourth | | Total |
| (in thousands, except for per unit amounts) |
Net sales | $ | 1,258,308 | | | $ | 662,018 | | | $ | 582,590 | | | $ | 999,494 | | | $ | 3,502,410 | |
Net income (loss) | 33,921 | | | (4,778) | | | (9,734) | | | 11,847 | | | 31,256 | |
Limited partners' interest in net income (loss) | 31,866 | | | (6,833) | | | (9,734) | | | 9,794 | | | 25,093 | |
Net income (loss) per limited partner unit: (1) | | | | | | | | | |
Common-basic | $ | 1.40 | | | $ | (0.30) | | | $ | (0.43) | | | $ | 0.43 | | | $ | 1.10 | |
Common-diluted | $ | 1.40 | | | $ | (0.30) | | | $ | (0.43) | | | $ | 0.43 | | | $ | 1.10 | |
(1)Quarterly net income (loss) per limited partner unit amounts are stand-alone calculations and may not be additive to full year amounts due to rounding and changes in outstanding units.
| | | | | |
23. | Partnership Distributions |
The Partnership's partnership agreement sets forth the calculation to be used to determine the amount and priority of cash distributions that the common unitholders will receive. Payments made in connection with DERs are recorded as a distribution. Cash distributions for the periods indicated were as follows: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Cash Distributed |
For the Quarter Ended | | Distribution Date | | Per Unit | | Common | | IDR | | Total |
December 31, 2018 | | February 13, 2019 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,175 | | | $ | 2,055 | | | $ | 17,230 | |
March 31, 2019 | | May 14, 2019 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,175 | | | $ | 2,055 | | | $ | 17,230 | |
June 30, 2019 | | August 12, 2019 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,175 | | | $ | 2,055 | | | $ | 17,230 | |
September 30, 2019 | | November 12, 2019 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,175 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 15,175 | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2019 | | February 10, 2020 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,184 | | | $ | 2,053 | | (1) | $ | 17,237 | |
March 31, 2020 | | May 11, 2020 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,301 | | | $ | 2,072 | | | $ | 17,373 | |
June 30, 2020 | | August 10, 2020 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,301 | | | $ | 2,072 | | | $ | 17,373 | |
September 30, 2020 | | November 12, 2020 | | $0.6675 | | $ | 15,311 | | | $ | 2,074 | | | $ | 17,385 | |
(1)On February 10, 2020, the Sponsor received 121,150 common units, in lieu of cash, in respect of the incentive distribution rights payable in connection with the distribution for the fourth quarter of 2019.
In addition, on January 22, 2021, the Partnership declared a cash distribution for the three months ended December 31, 2020, of $0.6675 per unit, totaling $17.4 million (including a $2.1 million IDR distribution). Such distributions were paid on February 10, 2021, to unitholders of record on February 2, 2021.
IDR Reset Election
On February 11, 2021, Sprague Holdings provided notice to Partnership that Sprague Holdings had made an IDR Reset Election (the “IDR Reset Election”), as defined in the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (as amended, the “Partnership Agreement”). Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the minimum quarterly and target cash distribution levels set at the time of the Partnership’s initial public offering and the Partnership will issue 3,107,248 common units to Sprague Holdings. Pursuant to the IDR Reset Election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be increased from $0.4125 per common unit per quarter to $0.6675 per common unit per quarter and the levels at which the incentive distribution rights participate in distributions will be reset at higher amounts based on current common unit distribution rates and a formula in the Partnership Agreement. The IDR Reset Election is expected to be consummated on March 5, 2021. Upon consummation of the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings will own 16,058,484 common units, representing 61.6% of the limited partner interest in the Partnership.
After the IDR Reset Election, Sprague Holdings, as the holder of the IDRs, will receive distributions according to the following percentage allocations:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions |
Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit | | Common Unitholders | | Incentive Distribution |
Minimum Quarterly Distribution | | $0.6675 | | 100 | % | | 0 | % |
Tier I | | Up to $0.7676 | | 100 | % | | 0 | % |
Tier II | | Above $0.7676 up to $0.8344 | | 85 | % | | 15 | % |
Tier III | | Above $0.8344 up $1.0013 | | 75 | % | | 25 | % |
Thereafter | | Above $1.0013 | | 50 | % | | 50 | % |
| | | | | | |
Equity Awards - Director Compensation and Annual Bonus Program
At its board meeting on March 1, 2021, the Board of Directors considered the redesign of the Partnership’s executive compensation program. With respect to compensation for 2020, the Board determined that the 2020 short term incentive compensation awards and the outstanding long-term incentive awards would not be paid out under the initially proposed terms. All outstanding phantom unit awards have been cancelled for no value in the discretion of the Board. After reviewing the Partnership’s performance for the year, as well as market conditions, the Board approved a bonus payment for the 2020 year for all eligible employees, with the payment for each employee based on the performance of the Partnership and the employee, as well as the recommendation of the employee’s manager or, for executive officers other than Mr. Glendon, the recommendation of Mr. Glendon. The compensation program for 2021 has not yet been determined and approved.